EZ-ZONE RMH
EZ-ZONE® RM High Density Module
User’s Guide
RM High Density Module
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
ISO 9001
Registered Company
1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987
Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507
http://www.watlow.com
March 2016
Winona, Minnesota USA
Made in the U.S.A.
Safety Information
We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to
important operational and safety information.
•A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.
•A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your
equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that
apply to your application.
•A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you,
others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to
your application.
•The safety alert symbol,
(an exclamation point in a triangle) precedes a general
CAUTION or WARNING statement.
•The electrical hazard symbol,
(a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric shock
hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. Further explanations follow:
Symbol
Explanation
CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on
unit can provide. Consult User's Guide for further information..
ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques when
installing or servicing product.
Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.
Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.
Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct
current (dc) voltage.
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Process Control
Equipment. UL 61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010. File E185611 QUYX,
QUYX7. See: www.ul.com
Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Hazardous Locations
Class 1 Division II Groups A, B, C and D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File
E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com
Unit is compliant with European Union directives. See Declaration of
Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for
Compliance.
Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a Temperature
Limit Device per FM Class 3545 standard. See: www.fmglobal.com
Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as
Temperature Indicating-Regulating Equipment per CSA C22.2 No. 24. See:
www.csa-international.org
Warranty
The EZ-ZONE® RM High Density module is manufactured by ISO 9001-registered processes and
is backed by a three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units
have not been misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse,
we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlows' obligations hereunder, at Watlows' option, are
limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination
prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to
damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use
Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.
Technical Assistance
If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs,
alarms, limits, etc. If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local
Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to wintechsupport@watlow.com or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time
(CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available
when calling:
•Complete model number
•All configuration information
•User’s Guide
•Factory Page
Return Material Authorization (RMA)
1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return Material Authorization (RMA)
number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed,
contact an Application Engineer or Product Manager. All RMA’s require:
•Ship-to address
•Bill-to address
•Contact name
•Phone number
•Method of return shipment
•Your P.O. number
•Detailed description of the problem
•Any special instructions
•Name and phone number of person returning the product.
2. Prior approval and an Return Merchandise Authorization number from the Customer
Service Department is required when returning any product for credit, repair or evaluation. Make sure the Return Merchandise Authorization number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis.
3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning
it.
4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or issue
credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair costs and
request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.
5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking
charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories.
6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation and be given the
option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.
7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.
This EZ-ZONE® RM High Density User’s Guide is copyrighted by Watlow Electric, Inc., © March
2016 with all rights reserved.
•EZ-ZONE RM is covered by U.S. Patent No. 6,005,577 and Patents Pending
TC
Table of Contents
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
A Conceptual View of the RMH Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Input Events and Output Events. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Actions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Getting Started Quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Chapter 2: Install and Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
RM Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Conventions Used in the Menu Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Chapter 3: Operations Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Digital Input/Output Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Action Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Monitor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Timer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Logic Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Math Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Chapter 4: Setup Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Digital Input/Output Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Action Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Control Loop Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 •
Tab le o f C o n t e n t s
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Output Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Alarm Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Linearization Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Timer Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Logic Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Math Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Variable Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Global Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Communications Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Chapter 5: Factory Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
RMH Module - Factory Page Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Custom Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Lock Security Setting Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Calibration Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Chapter 6: Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Autotune. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Manual Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Calibration Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sensor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sensor Backup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Set Point Low Limit and High Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Range High and Range Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Linearization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 •
Tab le o f C o n t e n t s
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Duplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Auto and Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Proportional (P) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Variable Time Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Single Set Point Ramping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Process and Deviation Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alarm Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Silencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Open Loop Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Using Password Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Action Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Alarm Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Analog Input Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Compare Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Control Loop Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 •
Tab le o f C o n t e n t s
TC
Table of Contents (cont.)
Custom Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Digital Input/Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Global Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Linearization Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Math Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Modbus® Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Process Value Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Chapter 7: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Modbus® - Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
RMH Module Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
RMH Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
How to Reach Us. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 4 •
Tab le o f C o n t e n t s
1
Chapter 1: Overview
Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources
Document Title and Part Number
Description
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Access (RMA)
User's Guide, part number: 06000072-0000
Describes how to connect the RM system into an industrial network, how to use data logging, module
backup and the real-time clock.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Controller
(RMC) User's Guide, part number:
0600-0070-0000
The RMC module is an advanced integrated controller capable of PID and limit control. This document
describes how to configure and program all loops of
control and communications.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Scanner (RMS)
User's Guide, part number: 06000071-0000
This module adds monitoring points to the RM system. This document describes common usage and
the various types of I/O available.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Expansion
(RME) User's Guide, part number:
0600-0073-0000
When additional I/O is needed the Expansion module
fills the gap. This document describes common usage
and the various types of I/O available.
EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Limit (RML)
User's Guide, part number: 06000075-0000
EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface
(RUI) User's Guide, part number:
0600-0060-0000
EZ-ZONE RM Specification Sheet,
part number: WIN-EZRM-0414
Watlow Support Tools DVD, part
number: 0601-0001-0000
The RML module will protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions. The
User Guide describes configuration, programming
and communications capabilities.
The RUI provides a visual LED display to the RM
configuration and setup menus. This document illustrates and describes connections and also describes
the Home Page for each RM module as viewed from
the RUI.
Describes RM hardware options, features, benefits
and technical specifications.
Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos,
application notes, utility tools, etc...
The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature
above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting
Watlow Customer Service at 1-507-454-5300.
As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be
found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice:
http://www.watlow.com/literature/index.cfm. Once there, simply type in the desired part
number (or name) into the search box and download free copies.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
Your Comments are Appreciated
In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing
information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address: TechlitComments@watlow.com
Introduction
The EZ-ZONE® RM High Density (RMH) control module provides multi-loop (4 to 16 loops) PID
control in a small footprint. The RMH takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements as a stand-alone module or in applications that require distributed control.
It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system. The RMH
module is provided in a space-saving, rail-mount package and is highly scalable where you only
pay for what you need. For those applications that require the ability to configure/monitor
the control over a network, Modbus RTU communications is an option. Other communications
protocols are also available (e.g., EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP and Profibus DP) when
used in conjunction with an RMA module or when using a Remote User Interface/ Gateway
(RUI/GTW).
Standard Features and Benefits
PID controller
•
•
•
•
Provides two mounting options (DIN rail, chassis mount)
Reduces wiring time and termination complexity compared to connecting discrete products
Reduces panel space and installation cost
Increases user and equipment safety for over/under temperature conditions
Communication Capabilities
•
•
•
•
Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC
Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus® RTU
Provides plug and play capabilities with Remote User Interface (RUI’s) and RMA module
Free standard bus communications port and free PC software EZ-ZONE Configurator and
Composer
• SpecView for Watlow used over Standard Bus communications
Additional Control Integration Options
• Includes programmable timer functions
• Includes programmable counter functions
• Allows for simple math and logic programming options
Advanced PID Control Algorithm
• Offers TRU-TUNE®+ adaptive control to provide tighter control for demanding applications
• Provides auto-tune for fast, efficient startup
Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics
• Users can easily tell that the entire thermal system is functioning properly
• Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics
• Allows for flexible synergistic use of hardware, such as using one loop's sensor as a backup
to another loop in the event of sensor failure.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
• Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient.
• Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs
Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution
• Improves system reliability with a factory integrated solution that minimizes inter-module
connections and potential problems at screw termination points.
• Reduces installation cost
• Eliminates compatibility headaches often encountered with using many different components and brands
Controller Handles High Ambient Temperatures
• Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of -18 to 65°C (0 to 149°F) for cabinets
and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels
Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined Parameter Default Settings
• Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter
settings
• Reduces service calls and downtime due to inadvertent end user parameter adjustments
RMH Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility
• Allows PID loops to be added in increments of four. Module can scale from 4 to 16 loops
• Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and don’t settle for any
less functionality than you need
Synergistic Module Control (SMC)
• Allows outputs selected for control (heat/cool), alarms or events to be located in any physical module, regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor
Split-Rail Control (SRC)
• Allows modules to be mounted together or mounted remotely from one another (maximum
distance 200 feet or 61 meters)
• Shares control operation via SMC capability
• Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices
to which they are wired
• Improves system reliability and lowers wiring costs
Agency Approvals: UL® listed, CE, RoHS, W.E.E.E. FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div. 2 Rating
on Selected Models
• Assures prompt product acceptance
• Reduces panel builder's documentation and agency costs
Removable Connectors
• Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls
• Simplifies installation
Three-Year Warranty
• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
A Conceptual View of the RMH Module
The flexibility of the RMH's software and hardware allows for variation in configurations. Acquiring a better understanding of the controller’s overall functionality and capabilities while at
the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.
It is useful to think of the controller in three parts: inputs, procedures and outputs. Information flows from an input to a procedure to an output when the controller is properly configured. An RMH controller can carry out several procedures at the same time, e.g., PID control,
monitoring for several different alarm situations, monitoring and acting upon digital inputs
and driving output devices such as heaters, audible alarms, lights. Each process needs to be
thought out carefully and the controller’s inputs, procedures and outputs set up properly.
Inputs
The inputs provide the information that any given programmed procedure can act upon. Simply stated, this information may come from an operator pushing a button or from a sensor
monitoring the temperature of a part being heated or cooled.
Each analog input typically uses a thermocouple, RTD or thermistor to read the process temperature. It can also read volts, current or resistance, allowing it to use various devices to
read humidity, air pressure, operator inputs and others values. Each analog input must be configured to match the device connected to that input (see: Analog Input Menu, Setup Page).
Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive. An RMH equipped with digital
input/output hardware includes two sets of terminals where each of which can be used as either an input or an output. Each pair of terminals must be configured to function as either an
input or output with the direction parameter (see: Digital Input/Output Menu, Setup Page).
Functions
Functions use input signals to calculate a value. A function may be as simple as reading a digital input to set a state to true or false, or reading a temperature to set an alarm state to on
or off. Alternatively, if a failure with the primary sensing device should occur sensor backup
could be utilized to avoid an unwanted shutdown.
To set up a function, it’s important to tell it what source, or instance, to use. For example, if
the control is equipped with digital inputs they can be configured to reset an individual alarm
or all alarms. If configured as such, the next step would be to define which of the available
digital inputs would be tied to the alarm reset function. The RMH module can be equipped
with up to 12 digital inputs, instance 1 - 6 and 7 - 12. Once the specific input has been selected simply assign the alarm reset function to it (Setup Page, DIO Menu). The last step would
be to define the alarm instance that should be reset. If zero is entered for the alarm instance
when the digital input selected above is enabled, all latched alarms without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset. If a specific alarm instance (1 - 24) is selected it will be that
instance alone that will be reset.
Note:
Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a
non-alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non-latching (Setup Page, ALM Menu)
Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute any
action outside of the controller. To have any effect outside of the controller, an output must
be configured to respond to a function
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
Outputs
Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a
function, such as removal of the control voltage to a contactor; turning a light on or off; unlocking a door; or turning on an audible alarm.
Assign an output to a function in the Output Menu or Digital Input/Output Menu. Then select
which instance of that function will drive the selected output. For example, in using a RMH
module an output can be configured to respond to the output of the PID algorithm to drive a
heater.
You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm 2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output 1 and a siren connected to
digital output 5.
Input Events and Output Events
Input events are internal states that are set by the digital inputs. Digital Input 1 provides the
state of input event 1, and Digital Input 2 provides the state of input event 2. The setting of
Digital Input function (Setup Page, Digital Input/Output Menu) does not change the relationship between the input and the event. An input will still control the input event state, even if
Digital Input Function is set to None.
Actions
Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output, Logic function, etc..) the Action function
can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, set alarms to off, silencing alarms and
enabling remote set point.
A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations
Due to the scalability and flexibility in the RM system a user has several options available in
the way that the hardware can be connected. Listed below are a few examples.
RMH Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a Personal Computer (PC)
In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RMH module via Watlow's Standard
Bus where both will be able to talk directly to the RMH module.
RM
Limit
Slot C
Power
Supply
RUI
485 to USB
Converter
PC Running
EZ-ZONE
Configurator
In the graphic above the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and or the RUI can be
used to configure and then monitor the RMH and other modules connected to it.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
RMH Module Connected to a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail
In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RMH module using the Modbus RTU protocol:
RMH
Controller
Slot C
Power
Supply
485 to USB
Converter
PC Running
EZ-ZONE
Configurator
PLC
In this example, the RMH module and the PLC must be equipped with the Modbus RTU protocol.
Note:
If it is intended to use an RUI or a PC using EZ-ZONE Configurator software it will be necessary to switch the protocol on the RMH to Watlow's Standard Bus to successfully communicate; disconnect all Modbus devices from the network. Once done using the RUI or
EZ-ZONE Configurator software, switch the protocol back to Modbus RTU and reconnect all
Modbus devices to re-establish communications over Modbus.
RMH Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RMA
Slot E
In this configuration the RMH can be connected to the OIT through the RMA running any of a
number of available protocols. The RMA and the OIT must be using the same protocol while
the communications from RMA to the RMH module is
accomplished over the backplane using Watlow's Standard Bus protocol. Available protocols in the RMA folRM
RMH
low:
Controller Access
1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP
Slot C
Slot C
2. DeviceNet
3. Modbus RTU
OIT
RUI
4. Profibus DP
Notice that in the example to the right that there is an
Power
optional RUI connected to the RMH along with the OIT. Supply
OITs' are not generally used to configure a control but
are used more for run-time information. As an alternative for configuration the RUI could be
used to configure and monitor in a remote location.
One advantage in using an RMA module when communicating on a network is that protocol
switching is not needed on the RMH module if using an RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator software.
The protocol of choice used with the RMA can run simultaneously with the Standard Bus protocol.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
RMH Connected to a Split Rail with OIT
RMC
Controller
RMH
Controller
RM
Access
Slot C
Slot C
Slot C
Slot E
In this configuration both the inter-module bus (backplane communications) and Standard Bus
are connected between rails to allow for remote capabilities. It is recommended that the split
rail connection not exceed 100 feet. In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all
modules (maximum 16 modules any combination with one Access module).
Power
Supply
RMC
Controller
RMH
Controller
Slot C
Slot C
OIT
Module Orientation
The picture below represents one of six possible RM modules. All six will have four slots on
the face (slot A, B, D, and E) and one on the bottom (slot C) not shown. All of these slots are
not always used on all modules. On the face of the module there is a button (white circle) under the Zone address (5) that when pushed and held has the following functions:
1. For any module, push and hold for approximately 2 seconds. The address will intensify indicating that it can now be changed. Release and repeatedly press to change to the desired unique address.
2. For the control module, if equipped with the Modbus protocol (RMHxxxxxxxxx1xx) pushing
and holding this button for approximately 6 seconds will cause the display to reflect P for protocol. ReleasModule Status
ing the button and then pushing it
(Slot A, B, D, or E)
again (within 6 seconds), the display
will toggle between N (Modbus) and
Protocol
E
D
Standard Bus - red
S (Standard Bus). Valid addresses for
Modbus - green
Modbus and Standard bus range from
1 -16 (1-q, a is 10, b is 11, C is 12, d
Module Outputs
is 13, E is 14, f is 15, and h is 16).
1 through 16, all may or
The Access module is shipped at admay not be used depending
B
A
dress J or 17.
on module type
Note:
For correct operation and accuracy,
the module must be mounted in a vertical orientation as shown.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
Getting Started Quickly
Consider taking the following steps to quickly commission your control:
•Wire and connect the power source to the control
•Wire and connect input and output devices to the control
•Power up the control and navigate to the Setup Page to configure inputs, outputs, alarms,
etc...
•Once the control is setup, navigate to the Operations Page to modify set points.
The RMH controller has a page and menu structure that is listed below along with a brief description of its purpose. The menu structure can be easily seen and navigated using EZ-ZONE
Configurator software or the Remote User Interface (RUI).
Note:
The menu navigation as described below applies when the RMH is connected to the RUI
which is optional equipment.
Setup Page
Using the RUI, push and hold the up
and down keys (¿ ¯) for 6 seconds
to enter. (See the Setup Page for
further information)
Operations Page
Using the RUI push and hold the up
and down keys (¿ ¯) for 3 seconds
to enter. (See the Operations Page
for further information)
Factory Page
Using the RUI push and hold the Infinity and the green Advance keys (ˆ
‰) for 6 seconds to enter. (See the
Factory Page for further information)
Home Page
When using the RUI, the control is
at the Home Page when initially
powered up where it will display the
Process Value for loop 1 in the upper
display and the set point for loop 1
in the lower display.
A user would want to setup their control prior
to operation. As an example, define the input
type, alarm sides (high and or low) or set the
output function.
After setting up the control to reflect your
equipment, the Operations Page would be used
to monitor or change runtime settings. As an
example, the user may want to see the current
status (on or off) of an event status in the Action Menu.
For the most part the Factory Page has no bearing on the control when running. A user may
want to enable password protection, view the
control part number or perhaps create a custom
Home Page.
Pushing the green Advance Key ‰ will cause the
display to show the control mode for loop 1.
Note:
The Home Page is visible only when
using the RUI.
The default RMH loop configuration out of the box is shown below:
•All Analog Input functions are set to thermocouple, type J (to change go to the Setup Page,
Analog Input Menu)
•All Process Value functions are set to off (to change go to the Setup Page, Process Value
Menu)
•PID for all loops are set to heat and cool is off (to change go to the Setup Page, Loop Menu)
•All outputs are set to off (to change go to the Setup Page, Output Menu)
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
Once the control has been wired and setup, power up the control and change the appropriate
set points to the desired value (on the RUI push the up ¿ and or down ¯ arrow key from
the Home Page).
EZ-ZONE RMH Default Configuration
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
PID
Controller
All Analog Inputs
Thermocouple Type J
Heat
Off
All Outputs
All Loops
EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram
16 Control Loops - Slots A, B, D and E
R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] [1,2] - A A A A
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
Analog Input 1 through 16
None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Slot A, B, D, E
Zone and Status
LED
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Indicates Zone
Address
Zone Selection
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Other RM Modules
Power Supply
Inter-module Bus
Supervisory &
Power Board
Button
D
E
A
B
S
M
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Slot C
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 •
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications
activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram
8 Control Loops - Slots A, B
4 - Form A Mechanical Relays - Slot D
6 - Digital I/O - Slot E
R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] J C - A A A A
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
Analog Input 1 through 8
None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Slot A, B
4 - Mechanical
Relay Outputs
Form A
Analog Input
Alarm
Cool Power
Heat Power
Compare
Counter
Digital I/O
Profile Event Output A-H
Function Key
Linearization
Logic
Math
Process Value
Special Output Function 1-4
Timer
Variable
Off
Output 1, 2, 3, 4
5A Mechanical Relay Form A
Slot D
Input Device
Digital Input 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12
Switch contact or volts dc
6 - Digital
Inputs / Outputs
any combination
Output 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12
switched dc/open collector
Slot E
Zone and Status
LED
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Other RM Modules
Inter-module Bus
Supervisory &
Power Board
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
6
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Slot C
Zone Selection
Button
5
Power Supply
Indicates Zone
Address
Output Status
LEDs
7
8
D
E
A
B
S
M
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications
activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 4 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram
8 Control Loops - Slots A, B
6 - Digital I/O - Slot D
4 - Form A Mechanical Relays - Slot E
R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C J - A A A A
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
Analog Input 1 through 8
None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Slot A, B
Input Device
Digital Input 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
Switch contact or volts dc
6 - Digital
Inputs / Outputs
any combination
Analog Input
Alarm
Cool Power
Heat Power
Compare
Counter
Digital I/O
Profile Event Output A-H
Function Key
Linearization
Logic
Math
Process Value
Special Output Function 1-4
Timer
Variable
Off
Output 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6
switched dc/open collector
Slot D
4 - Mechanical
Relay Outputs
Form A
Output 7, 8, 9, 10
5A Mechanical Relay Form A
Slot E
Zone and Status
LED
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Other RM Modules
Power Supply
Inter-module Bus
Supervisory &
Power Board
1
9
2
10
Slot C
Zone Selection
Button
3
4
D
E
5
A
B
S
M
6
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Indicates Zone
Address
Output Status
LEDs
7
8
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications
activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram
8 Control Loops - Slots A, B
6 - Digital I/O - Slot D
6 - Digital I/O - Slot E
R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] C C - A A A A
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
Analog Input 1 through 8
None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Slot A, B
Input Device
Digital Input 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Switch contact or volts dc
6 - Digital
Inputs / Outputs
any combination
Analog Input
Alarm
Cool Power
Heat Power
Compare
Counter
Digital I/O
Profile Event Output A-H
Function Key
Linearization
Logic
Math
Process Value
Special Output Function 1-4
Timer
Variable
Off
Output 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
switched dc/open collector
Slot D
Input Device
Digital Input 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
Switch contact or volts dc
6 - Digital
Inputs / Outputs
any combination
Output 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
switched dc/open collector
Slot E
Zone and Status
LED
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Other RM Modules
Inter-module Bus
Supervisory &
Power Board
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
Power Supply
6
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Slot C
Indicates Zone
Address
Output Status
LEDs
7
8
Zone Selection
Button
D
E
A
B
S
M
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications
activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 6 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
EZ-ZONE RMH Module - System Diagram
8 Control Loops - Slots A, B
3 - Process Outputs - Slot D or E
4 - SSR Outputs - Slot D or E
R M H x - [1,2] [1,2] [F,L] [F,L] - A A A A
Input
Function
Input Sensor
Output
Function
Analog Input 1 through 8
None, Thermocouple, 2-Wire RTD (100, 1k),
Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process
(V, mV, mA) or 1K Potentiometer
PID
Controller
Slot A, B
3 - Universal/
Retransmit
or
4 - 2A SSR
Outputs
Slot D
3 - Universal/
Retransmit
or
4 - 2A SSR
Outputs
Output 1, 2, 3, 4
Process, 2A Solid-State
Relay Form A
** The functions listed to the right
with purple text apply to the
Process output only, where
the orange text applies to the
SSR output only. All others
apply to both output types.
Output 7, 8, 9, 10
Process, 2A Solid-State
Relay Form A
Off
Analog Input
Current*
Alarm*
Cool Power
Heat Power
Power*
Compare*
Counter*
Digital I/O*
Profile Event Output A-H*
Function Key*
Linearization
Logic
Math
Process Value
Set Point Closed*
Set Point Open*
Special Output Function 1-4
Timer*
Variable
Slot E
Zone and Status
LED
RUI,
PC, PLC or HMI
EIA - 485 Communications
Standard Bus
(optional Modbus RTU)
Modbus RTU
Address 1 - 16
Standard Bus
Zone 1 - 16
Other RM Modules
Inter-module Bus
Supervisory &
Power Board
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
Power Supply
6
20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc
Slot C
Indicates Zone
Address
Output Status
LEDs
7
8
Zone Selection
Button
D
E
A
B
S
M
Push to select Zone
Address and Protocol
Card Status
Slots A, B, D, E
Indicates communications
activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)
Indicates I/O
Status
Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 7 •
C h ap t er 1 O v e r v i e w
2
Chapter 2: Install and Wire
Dimensions
As can be seen below the dimensions of the RMH module will change slightly based on the
type of connector used.
Note:
Modules should always be mounted vertically. For easy removal and placement of modules
it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and
front of each module.
Module Removal Clearance
Standard Connectors
147.07 mm
( 5.8 in )
75.08 mm
( 3.0 in )
44.45 mm
( 1.75 in )
101.60 mm
( 4.00 in )
116.08 mm
( 4.57 in )
150
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
Latch in open position
165 mm
( 6.50 in )
Module Removal Displacement
Module Removal Clearance
Straight Connectors
155 mm
( 6.10 in )
75.08 mm
( 3.0 in )
44.45 mm
( 1.75 in )
116.08 mm
( 4.57 in )
101.60 mm
( 4.00 in )
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
15°
173.90 mm
( 6.85 in )
Module Removal Displacement
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 8 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Dimensions (cont.)
Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern
58.67 mm
( 2.31 in )
17.53 mm
( 0.69 in )
51.56 mm
( 2.03 in )
32.77 mm
( 1.29 in )
60.45 mm
( 2.38 in )
35.81 mm
( 1.41 in )
16.76 mm
( 0.67 in )
35.05 mm
( 1.38 in )
The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module.
Recommended chassis mount hardware:
1. #8 screw, 3/4" long
2. Torque to 10 -15 in-lb
3. No washers of any kind
Power Supplies
DSP 30
49.00 mm
1.929 in
1 2 3 4
43.1 mm
1.697 in
DC LO
DC OK
9.75 mm
0.384 in
DSP30
L
N
5
6
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module 32.10 mm
1.264 in
14.20 mm
0.559 in
91.00 mm
3.583 in
++ - -
55.6 mm
2.189 in
91.00 mm
3.583 in
53.00 mm
2.087 in
• 1 9 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e DSP 60
71.00 mm
2.795 in
1 2 3 4
vout ADJ.
9.75 mm
0.384 in
DSP60
91.00 mm
3.583 in
43.1 mm
1.697 in
DC LO
DC OK
32.10 mm
1.264 in
L
5
14.20 mm
0.559 in
91.00 mm
3.583 in
++ - -
49.00 mm
1.929 in
55.6 mm
2.189 in
N
6
DSP 100
1 2 3 4
49.00 mm
1.929 in
vout ADJ.
56.8 mm
2.236 in
32.10 mm
1.264 in
DSP100
N
5
6
14.20 mm
0.559 in
L
91.00 mm
3.583 in
43.1 mm
1.697 in
DC LO
DC OK
9.75 mm
0.384 in
91.00 mm
3.583 in
++ - -
89.9 mm
3.539 in
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 0 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Power Supply Specifications
DSP 30
DSP60
AC Input Voltage Range
VAC
Input Frequency
DC Input Voltage range
Inrush Current (115 / 230VAC)
Output Voltage Accuracy
Over voltage Protection
LED Indicators
Hz
VDC
A
%
V
----
Operating Temperature
----
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
-------
Vibration (Operating)
----
Safety Agency Approvals
DSP100
90 - 264VAC, Class II double insulated (No ground
connection required)
47 - 63Hz
120 - 370VDC
25 / 50A
30 / 60A
30 / 60A
±1% of Nominal
120 - 145%
Green LED = On, Red LED = DC Output Low
-25 to +71°C (Derate linearly 2.5%/°C from 55 to
71°C)
-25 to +85°C
20 - 95% RH (non condensing)
IEC 60068-2-6 (Mounting by rail: Random wave,
10-500 Hz, 2G, ea. along X, Y, Z axes 10 min/
cycle, 60 min)
UL1310 Class 2(1), UL508 Listed, UL60950-1,
EN60950-1, CE
For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to: http://us.tdk-lambda.com/lp/products/dsp-series.htm
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 1 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e RM Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail
Modular Backplane Connector
The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane Connector, both front and rear view.
The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip. If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular
Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also (recommended).
Installing the Modular Backplane Connector
To install the backplane follow the steps below:
1. Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail, (see rear view above, backplane hook
detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled)
2. Next, rotate back plane assembly downward to engage the lower edge of the rail. (Note:
Din Rail clipping distance ranges from
1.366 -1.389 inches. The back plane
assembly will not latch onto the rail
successfully if the rail is out of dimension).
3. For final positioning and locking, the
red tab is to be pushed upward to
further engage the bottom edge of
the rail with an over center snap action latch. (The red locking tab protrudes from the bottom side of the
back plane assembly).
Note:
For easy removal and placement of
modules it is recommended that there be a 76.2 mm (3.00 in) clearance on the top, bottom and front of each module.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 2 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors
Multiple modules are easily aligned and latched together. Each module includes matched mating geometry that facilitates accurate and consistent interconnections.
To install backplane connectors follow the steps below:
1.Attach individual modules to the rail separately.
2. Laterally slide the modules together until
they touch.
3. When the multi-module system is attached
and laterally positioned to the desired placement the locking tab should be engaged to
secure the control system to the rail.
Module Installation
In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module (on
side).
To install modules on the backplane follow the steps below:
1.Slide the lip of the module over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then
push down on the rear of the module. The module will then slide over the two posts just
above the green connector (see pictures below).
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 3 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Module Removal
To remove a module from the backplane follow the steps below:
1. Find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown
to the right.
2. Pull back on the red tab, the two mounting posts will then release the module.
3. Lift the module up and slide it up; this
will release the module lip from the backplane.
Backplane Removal from DIN Rail
To remove a modular backplane connector from the DIN rail follow the steps below:
1. Insert a screw driver into the red locking tab just behind the green connector.
2. Apply downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards..
3. When released, the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off
of the DIN rail.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 4 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Wiring
High Density Module (R M H x - x x x x - x x x x)
Slot A Slot B Slot D
1-4
S1
R1
S2
R2
S3
R3
S4
R4
Inputs
5-8
9 - 12
S5
R5
S6
R6
S7
R7
S8
R8
S9
R9
S10
R10
S11
R11
S12
R12
Slot E
Terminal Function
Configuration
Universal, RTD and Thermistor Inputs
13 - 16
S13
R13
S14
R14
S15
R15
S16
R16
S_ (RTD), thermocouple -,
volts - , mA -, potentiometer wiper or thermistor
R_ (RTD), thermocouple +,
volts +, mA +, potentiometer or thermistor
Input
Input
Input
Input
Universal/Thermistor Input
Part # Digits 5, 6, 7
1-4: RMH _ - [1,2] _ _ _ - _ _ _ _
5-8: RMH _ - _ [1,2] _ _ - _ _ _ _
9-12: RMH _ - _ _ [1,2] _ - _ _ _ _
13-16: RMH _ - _ _ _ [1,2] _ - _ _ _ _
Digital Inputs
---
---
-
-
-
-
---
-
-
-
-
1-6
7-12
B1
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
Z1
B7
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z7
Outputs
---1-4
-
-
-
L1
K1
L2
K2
L3
K3
L4
K4
Common
DC +input
DC +input
DC +input
DC +input
DC +input
DC +input
Internal Supply
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Digital Inputs (DI)
Part # Digit 7, 8
A: Option not valid
B: Option not valid
D: RMH _ - _ _ [C] _ - _ _ _ _
E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [C] - _ _ _ _
Quad 5A - Mechanical Relay Form A Outputs
7 - 10
L7
K7
L8
K8
L9
K9
L10
K10
normally
common
normally
common
normally
common
normally
common
open
Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A
Part # Digits 7, 8
Slot D: : RMH _ - _ _ [J] _- _ _ _ _
Slot E: : RMH _ - _ _ _ [J] - _ _ _ _
open
open
open
Digital Outputs
---
---
-
-
-
-
-
-
1-6
7 - 12
B1
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
Z1
B7
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z7
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Common
open collector/
open collector/
open collector/
open collector/
open collector/
open collector/
Internal Supply
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
switched
• 2 5 •
dc
dc
dc
dc
dc
dc
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Digital Outputs (DO)
Part # Digit 7, 8
A: Option not valid
B: Option not valid
D: RMH _ _ - _ _ [C] _- _ _ _ _
E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [C] - _ _ _ _
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e High Density Module (R M H x - x x x x - x x x x)
Slot A Slot B Slot D
---
-
-
Slot E
Terminal Function
Outputs (cont.)
--1-4
7 - 10
-
-
-
L1
K1
L2
----L3
K3
L4
L7
K7
L8
----L9
K9
L10
Configuration
Quad 2A - Solid-State Relay (SSR) Form A Outputs
normally
common
normally
not used
not used
normally
common
normally
open
open
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
open
2A SSR Outputs
Part # Digits 7, 8
A: Option not valid
B: Option not valid
D: RMH _ - _ _ [L] _ - _ _ _ _
E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [L] - _ _ _ _
open
Tri-State Process/Retransmit Outputs
---
---
1-3
7-9
-
-
F1
H1
--F2
H2
--F3
H3
F7
H7
--F8
H8
--F9
H9
-
-
-
-
voltage or current voltage + or current +
not used
voltage or current voltage + or current +
not used
voltage or current voltage + or current +
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Tri-Process Outputs
Part # Digits 7, 8
A: Option not valid
B: Option not valid
D: RMH _ - _ _ [F] _ - _ _ _ _
E: RMH _ - _ _ _ [F] - _ _ _ _
Power and Communications
Slot C
Terminal Function
Configuration
98
99
Power input: ac or dc+
Power input: ac or dc-
All
CF
CD
CE
Standard Bus EIA-485 common
Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/RStandard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+
Standard Bus
Part # Digit 10
RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _ [A] _ _
CC
CA
CB
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common
Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/RStandard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+
Standard Bus or Modbus
Part # Digit 10
RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _ [1] _ _
CZ
CX
CY
Inter-module Bus
Inter-module Bus
Inter-module Bus
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Inter-module Bus
• 2 6 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e RMH Front View
Standard Connector
Slot D
Slot E
Slot A
Slot B
Slot C
98 99
power
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 7 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e RMH System Isolation Blocks
Mechanical Relay,
Solid-State Relay,
Outputs
Digital Inputs & Outputs,
Process Outputs
Low-voltage
Isolation
Analog Input 1 - 16
Safety Isolation
Safety Isolation
Controller Power Supply
20.4 to 30.8VÎ (dc)
20.4 to 30.8VÅ (ac)
No Isolation
Controller
Low Voltage Power Bus
Low-voltage
Isolation
Safety Isolation
Communications Ports
Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak
Safety Isolation: 1,528VÅ (ac)
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 8 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e High Density Module Wiring (RMHx-xxxx-xxxx)
Low Power
• 20.4 to 30.8 V Å (ac) / Î (dc) 14VA
• 47 to 63 Hz
• Controller module power consumption, 7
Watts maximum
• 31 Watts maximum power available for
P/S part #:0847-0299-0000
• 60 Watts maximum power available for
P/S part #:0847-0300-0000
• 91 Watts maximum power available for
P/S part #:0847-0301-0000
• Class 2 or Safety Extra Low Voltage
(SELV) power source required to meet UL
compliance standards
Slot C
98 99
Communications
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
RMH Part # Digit 10 is A
Slot C
CF CD CE CZ CX CY
Inter-module Bus
Common
T+ / R+
T- / R-
Standard Bus
Common
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
RMH - All Model Numbers
power
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
-
+
Communications
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
CC CA CB CZ CX CY
Inter-module Bus
Common
T+ / R+
Modbus
Common
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module RMH Part # Digit 10 is 1
Slot C
T- / R-
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
-
• CF, CD, CE - Standard Bus EIA485 Communications
• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485
Communications
• Do not route network wires with power
wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple
devices in a network
+
• CC, CA, CB - Modbus and Standard Bus
EIA485 Communications (selectable via
push button under zone address)
• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485
Communications
• Do not route network wires with power
wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple
devices in a network
ModbusIDA Terminal
EIA/TIA485 Name
Watlow
Terminal
Label
Function
DO
D1
common
A
B
common
CA or CD
CB or CE
CC or CF
T-/RT+/R+
common
• 2 9 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Inputs 1 through 16 Thermocouple +
+
+
+
Slot A, B, D, E
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
Thermocouple
• 2K Ω maximum source resistance
• >20 MΩ input impedance
• 3 microampere open-sensor detection
• Thermocouples are polarity sensitive. The
negative lead (usually red) must be connected to S terminal
• To reduce errors, the extension wire for
thermocouples must be of the same alloy as
the thermocouple.
-- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxx-xxxx
-- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xx-xxxx
-- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)x-xxxx
-- Input 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(1)-xxxx
Inputs 1 through 16 Potentiometer
CW
CCW
CW
CCW
CW
CCW
CW
CCW
Slot A, B, D, E
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8
RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8
• Use a 1 kΩ potentiometer.
-- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxx-xxxx
-- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xx-xxxx
-- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)x-xxxx
-- Input 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(1)-xxxx
S_
R_
Inputs 1 through 16 RTD RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Slot A, B, D, E
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
• Platinum, 100 and 1,000 Ω
@ 0°C
• Calibration to DIN curve
(0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
• RTD excitation current of
0.09 mA typical. Each ohm
of lead resistance may affect the reading by 2.55°C
for a 100 ohm platinum
sensor or 0.25°C for a
1000 ohm sensor.
-- Input 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxxxxxx
-- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xxxxxx
-- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)xxxxx
-- Input 13 - 14: RMHx-xxx(1)xxxx
• 3 0 •
AWG
Ohms/1000ft
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
2.575
4.094
6.510
10.35
16.46
26.17
41.62
66.17
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Inputs 1 through 16 Thermistor Slot A, B, D, E
S_
R_
S_
R_
S_
R_
RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8
• >20 MΩ input impedance
-- Input 1 - 4 : RMHx-(2)xxx-xxxx
-- Input 5 - 8: RMHx-x(2)xx-xxxx
-- Input 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(2)x-xxxx
-- Input 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(2)xxxx
S_
R_
Thermistor
Process Inputs 1 through 16 -
Slot A, B, D, E
+
+
S_
R_
S_
R_
- S_
+ R_
- S_
+ R_
Slot A, B, D, E
-
+
S_
R_
- S_
+
+
R_
S_
R_
- S_
+
R_
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
RMH Part # Digits 5, 6, 7, 8
• 0 to 20 mA @ 100 Ω input
impedance
• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance
• 0 to 50 mVÎ (dc) @ 20 MΩ
input impedance
• scalable
-- Inputs 1 - 4: RMHx-(1)xxxxxxx
-- Inputs 5 - 8: RMHx-x(1)xxxxxx
-- Inputs 9 - 12: RMHx-xx(1)xxxxx
-- Inputs 13 - 16: RMHx-xxx(1)xxxx
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 1 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Slot D, E
Common
DC Input
DC Input
B_
D_
D_
DC Input
D_
DC Input
D_
DC Input
D_
DC Input
D_
Internal Supply
Z_
RMH Part # Digit 7, 8 is C
Digital Input Event
Voltage Input
Conditions
common
• Dry Contact
B_
-- Input inactive
when > 100KΩ
Vdc
-- Input active
when < 50Ω
D_
• Voltage
-- Input inactive
when < 2V
Dry Contact
-- Input active
when > 3V
• Six user configurable Digital InD_
puts/outputs per
24 Vdc
slot
-- Slot D DI 1 - 6
Z_
RMHx-xx(C) xx-xxxx
-- Slot E DI 7 - 12
RMHx-xxx(C)-xxxx
Connecting a Digital Output from One Zone to a Digital Input of Another Zone (Zone 1 to Zone 2 in this example)
Zone 1
RMC Part # Digit 11 is C
Zone 2
RMH Part # Digit 8 is C
Slot D
Slot D
Slot E
Slot A
Slot E
B7
B7
D7
D7
Digital Input
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Digital Inputs 1 through 12 Digital Output
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
D8
D9
D10
D11
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D12
Z7
Z7
Slot A
Slot B
Pull-up resistor
required 1K
to 10K Ohms
Slot B
In the example above, digital output D8 from an RMC module
(Zone 1) is connected to the digital input D8 of an RMH module
(Zone 2).
Note:
As shown in the graphic above, for this configuration, a pull-up
resistor is required.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 3 2 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Digital Outputs 1 - 12
Slot D, E
Common
B_
D_
D_
open collector/switched dc
open collector/switched dc
D_
open collector/switched dc
D_
open collector/switched dc
D_
open collector/switched dc
D_
open collector/switched dc
Z_
Internal Supply
RMH Part # Digit 7, 8 is C
• Maximum switched
voltage is 32VÎ
(dc)
• Internal supply
provides a constant power output of 750mW
• Maximum output
sink current per
output is 1.5A (external class 2 or
*SELV supply required)
• Total sink current
for all outputs not
to exceed 8A
• Do not connect
outputs in parallel
-- Outputs 1 - 6
RMHx-xx(C)x-xxxx
-- Outputs 7 - 12
RMHx-xxx(C)-xxxx
B_
D_
D_
D_
D_
D_
D_
Z_
* Safety Extra Low
Voltage
Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 1-12
Collector Outputs
Common
B_
D_
D_
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Htr 1
Htr 2
D_
VDC
Htr 3
D_
+
+
+
-
DC90-60C0-0000
D_
ç
Warning:
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Open Collector/
Switched DC Outputs
D_
Z_
Internal Circuitry
Internal Supply
Note:
As a switched DC output; this output is a constant current output delivering 750 mW, current limited to 400 mA. The internal
supply does have a maximum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and
minimum open circuit voltage of 19 VDC. Pin Z_ is shared to all
digital outputs. This type of output is meant to drive solid state
relays, not mechanical relays.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 3 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 1-12
Collector Outputs
B_
+
Fuse
An example fuse is
Bussmann AGC-1 1/2
D_
Diode
D_
Relay
D_
VDC
D_
D_
D_
Z_
Internal Circuitry
Internal Supply
As an open collector output (see graphic below), use an external
power supply with the negative wired to B_, the positive to the coil
of a pilot mechanical relay and the other side of the coil wired to
the output of choice (D_). Each open collector output can sink 1.5
A with the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes. Ensure that a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to prevent damage to the internal transistor.
Output 1-4 and 7-10 Mechanical Relay, Form A RMH Part # Digit 7, 8
Slot D
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
-
Common
Power Supply
5 to 32 VDC
L1
normally open
K1
common
L2
normally open
K2
common
L3
normally open
K3
common
L4
normally open
K4
common
Slot E
L7
normally open
K7
common
L8
normally open
K8
common
L9
normally open
K9
common
L10 normally open
K10 common
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or
30VÎ (dc) maximum
resistive load
• 20 mA at 24V minimum
load
• 125 VA pilot duty @
120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA
at 24VÅ (ac)
• 100,000 cycles at rated
load
• Output does not supply
power.
• For use with ac or dc
-- See Quencharc note
-- Slot D Outputs 1 - 6
RMHx-xx(J)x-xxxx
Mechanical Relay
Form A
L_
K_
Internal Circuitry
-- Slot E Outputs 7 - 10
RMHx-xxx(J)-xxxx
• 3 4 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
Quad 2A SSR Outputs 1-4, 7-10 Slot D, E
L_
normally open
K_
common
L_
normally open
L_
normally open
K_
common
L_
normally open
RMH Part # Digit 7, 8
• 2 A at 20 to 264VÅ
(ac) maximum resistive load
• 50 VA 120/240VÅ
(ac) pilot duty
• Optical isolation,
without contact
suppression
• Maximum off state
leakage of 105 microamperes
• Output does not
supply power.
• Do not use on dc
loads.
• N.O., COM, N.O wiring (shared common) between each
set of outputs.
• Minimum holding
current 10mA
-- See Quencharc note.
L_
Normally Open
K_
Common
L_
Normally Open
Not Used
Not Used
L_
Normally Open
K_
Common
L_
Normally Open
Quad 2 Amp SSR Derating Curve - All Outputs 100% Duty Cycle
2.25
2.00
1.75
Amps per Output
Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
wiring and safety practices when
wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
and property, and/or injury or
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
and torque rating:
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
1.50
1.25
1 Quad SSR
Multiple Quad SSR Cards
1.0
0.75
0.50
0.25
0
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Ambient Temperature (oC)
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
Note:
Each of the four SSR outputs has internal circuitry that will
protect it from over heating. Outputs may be disabled (shut
off) automatically if internal temperatures exceed those listed
in the graph above. After the output temperature drops approximately 10 °C the outputs will once again be enabled for
operation.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 5 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Tri-Process/Retransmit Outputs 1-3, 7-9 Warning: ç
Use National Electric (NEC) or
other country-specific standard
Slot D, E
wiring and safety practices when
F_
wiring and connecting this conH_
troller to a power source and to
electrical sensors or peripheral
devices. Failure to do so may
result in damage to equipment
F_
and property, and/or injury or
H_
loss of life.
Note:
Maximum wire size termination
F_
and torque rating:
H_
• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12
AWG) single-wire termination
or two 1.31 mm2 (16 AWG)
• 0.56 Nm (5.0 in-lb.) torque
Note:
Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on
the model number.
Note:
To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to
unused terminals.
Note:
Maintain electrical isolation
between digital input-outputs,
switched dc/open collector
outputs and process outputs to
prevent ground loops.
Note:
If the last two digits of the part
number are "12", this equipment
is suitable for use in CLASS I,
DIVISION 2, Groups A, B, C and
D or Non-Hazardous locations
only. Temperature Code T4
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard – Substitution
of component may impair suitability for CLASS I, DIVISION 2.
Warning: ç
Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live
or unless the area is known to be
free of ignitable concentrations
of flammable substances.
volts or current volts +/current +
volts or current volts +/current +
volts or current volts +/current +
RMH Part # Digit 7, 8
• 0 to 20 mA into
400Ω maximum
load
• 0 to 10VÎ (dc)
into 4 kΩ minimum load
• Outputs are
scalable
• Output supplies
power
• Each output can
be independently set for voltage or current.
• Output may be
used as retransmit or control.
F _ negative
0 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
H_
volts +
or
current +
Not Used
F _ negative
0 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
H_
volts +
or
current +
Not Used
F _ negative
0 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
H_
volts +
or
current +
Quencharc Wiring Example
• In this example the
Quencharc circuit
(Watlow part# 08040147-0000) is used
to protect internal
circuitry from the
counter electromagnetic force from the
inductive user load
when deenergized. It
is recommended that
this or an equivalent
Quencharc be used
when connecting inductive loads to outputs.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 3 6 •
User Load
L_
N
Quencharc
K_
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY
T-/R-
T+/R+
common
• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of
the EIA-485 port.
• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal
of the EIA-485 port.
• Wire common to the common
terminal of the EIA-485 port.
• Do not route network wires
with power wires. Connect
network wires in daisy-chain
fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.
• A 120 Ω termination resistor may
be required across T+/R+ and T/R-, placed on the last controller
on the network.
• Do not connect more than 16
EZ-ZONE RM controllers on a network.
• Maximum network length: 1,200
meters (4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus
-- RMHx-xxxx-x(A)xx
* All models include Standard Bus
communications
EZ ZONE
EZ-ZONE® RM
to B&B Converter
Model ULINXTM 485USBTB-2W
USB to RS-485 Adapter
using Standard Bus
D
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
USB
ULINX
TM
USB Serial Conversion
Model 485TB-2W
B&B electronics
A
E
A
B
S
M
E
USB
Port
Data format
38,400 baud
8 data bits
no parity
1 start bit
1 stop bit
RM
1
D
PC Software Protocol
Standard Bus
EZ-Configurator
R
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
13
6
14
7
15
8
16
B
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
GND
0847-0326-0000
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.
Do not route with power carrying conductors.
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
http://www.bb-elec.com/
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 7 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e EZ-ZONE® RM
to Serial Gear Converter
Model USB-COMi-M
EZ ZONE
D
1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.
Do not route with power carrying conductors.
Daisy chain wire up to 247 EZ-ZONE® devices.
2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB
6 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC
D
1 is Data –(A), connects to pin CD or CA
2 is Data +(B), connects to pin CE or CB
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
5 is GND, connects to pin CF or CC
DB9 connector, EIA232 pin-out:
1 is DCD
2 is RXD
A
USB
If first device on 485 network, set
jumpers as shown
1
Tx termination 120 ohm
Tx pull-up 750 ohm
Tx pull-down 750 ohm
Rx termination 120 (422)
Rx pull-up 750 ohm
Rx pull-down 750 ohm
CTS termination 120 (422) 13
2
9
10
3
11
4
12
5
13
6
14
7
15
8
16
B
USB-COMi-M
SerialGear
SW
ON
1234
14
1
2
PWR
RxD
TxD
JP1
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9 - 10
11 - 12
13 - 14
M
6 5 4 3 2 1
Internal
Jumpers
6 is DSR
B
S
Slot C
3 is TXD
E
A
E
DB9 connector, EIA485 half duplex pin-out:
5 is Gnd
RM
1
Screw terminal connector pin-out:
4 is DTR
R
Serial
DB9
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
Mode 1
3
2
4
485 ON OFF OFF OFF
232 OFF ON ON ON
http://serialgear.com/1-Port-Serial-USB-USB-COMi-M.html
Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications
Slot C
98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY
T-/R-
T+/R+
common
Modbus-IDA
Terminal
DO
D1
common
• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of
the EIA-485 port.
• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of
the EIA-485 port.
• Wire common to the common
terminal of the EIA-485 port.
• Do not route network wires with
power wires. Connect network
wires in daisy-chain fashion when
connecting multiple devices in a
network.
• A termination resistor may be
required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of last
controller on network.
EIA/TIA-485
Name
A
B
common
Watlow Terminal
Label
CA or CD
CB or CE
CC or CF
• Only one protocol per port
is available at a time: either
Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.
• Do not connect more than 16
EZ-ZONE controllers on a Standard Bus network.
• Maximum number of EZ-ZONE
controllers on a Modbus network is 247.
• Maximum network length:
1,200 meters (4,000 feet)
• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus
RMHx-xxxx-x(1)xx
Function
T-/RT+/R+
common
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e.,
disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on
Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 3 8 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e EZ-ZONE® RM
to B&B Converter
Model ULINXTM 485USBTB-2W
USB to RS-485 Adapter
using Modbus RTU
EZ ZONE
R
RM
1
D
D
Data format
9,600, 19,200, 38,400 baud
8 data bits
even, odd, no parity
1 start bit
1 stop bit
USB
ULINX
TM
USB Serial Conversion
Model 485TB-2W
B&B electronics
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
A
B
S
M
E
USB
Port
PC Software Protocol
Modbus RTU Third Party
E
A
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
13
6
14
7
15
8
16
B
A(-)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+)
GND
0847-0326-0000
Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.
Do not route with power carrying conductors.
98 99 CF CD CE CZ CW CY
http://www.bb-elec.com/
Note:
Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e.,
disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on
Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.
Note:
When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be
changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause
communication loss between the PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the control.
To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:
1. Navigate to Device Manager on the PC.
2. Double click on Ports.
3. Right click on the USB serial port in use
and select Properties.
4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and
then click the Advance button.
Graphic to the right shows the advanced
settings dialog box for the com port in use.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 3 9 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network
Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion
when connecting multiple devices in a network. A termination resistor may be required. Place
a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol
per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.
Note:
Termination resistors when used, require a termination resistor at both ends of the network.
A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
fuse
EZ-ZONE RM
98
99
CF
CD
B5
CE
D6
D5
-A
+B
power
power
common
98
99
EZ-ZONE PM
power
com
CF
-A
CD
+B
CE
B5
Slot C
D6
CY
CZ
CX
CD
CE
99
CF
98
D5
power
RUI/Gateway
EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _
98
power
common
CF
-A
CD
+B
99
common
-A
+B
CE
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 4 0 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e A Network Using Modbus RTU
Power
Supply
EZ-ZONE ST
ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _
EZ-ZONE RM
fuse
98
99
CC
CA
B5
CB
D6
D5
-A
+B
power
power
common
98
99
EZ-ZONE PM
power
power
com
-A
CA
+B
CB
CC
B5
Slot C
D6
CY
CZ
CX
CA
CB
99
CC
98
D5
power
PLC
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module power
power
common
-A
+B
• 4 1 •
common
-A
+B
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Connecting the Modules
RM System Connections
The RMH module can be installed as a stand-alone module or it can be interconnected on the
DIN rail as shown below. When modules are connected together as shown, power and communications are shared between modules over the modular backplane
Modular Backplane Interconnect
interconnection (red circle). Therefore, bringing the necessary
power and communications wiring to any one module (connector
in slot C) is sufficient. The modular backplane interconnect comes
standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature,
meaning any of the RM modules can use it.
Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply
is being used across both DIN rails. One notable consideration
when designing the hardware layout would be the available power supplied and the loading
affect of all of the modules used. Watlow provides three options for power supplies listed below:
RM Access
RM Controller
RM High Density
Module
Module
Module
RMHx-xxxx-xAxx RMAx-xxxx-xxx
RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx
1. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts
(Part #: 0847-0299-0000)
2. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts
(Part #: 0847-0300-0000)
3. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts
(Part #: 0847-0301-0000)
Low Voltage
Inter-module
With regards to the modular loading
Bus
Class 2
Standard Bus
affect, maximum power for each is
Power Supply
listed below:
Split Rail Configuration
RM Expansion
RM Controller
1. RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx @ 7 watts /
Module
Module
RMEx-xxxx-xxxx
RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx
14VA
2. RMEx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
It is recommended
that twisted pair
shielded wire be
3. RMAx-xxxx-xxxx @ 4 watts / 9VA
used for each bus.
4. RMLx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
5. RMHx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts /
14VA
6. RMSx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA
So, in the split rail system diagram,
the maximum current draw on the
RUI
supply would be 38 Watts.
EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _
Slot E
Slot D
Standard Bus
Address 1
_
_
Slot D
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot A
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot E
_
Standard Bus
Address 3
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot B
_
Standard Bus
Address 2
_
Slot D
Slot E
_
_
_
Slot B
Slot A
_
Slot A
Slot B
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
_
_
_
Slot C
_
CY
CZ
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot A
Slot B
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
CX
CF
_
_
_
Standard Bus
Address 5
_
_
_
Slot E
_
Slot B
CE
_
CD
98
_
_
Slot C
99
CY
CZ
CX
Slot A
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot D
_
_
_
_
CE
_
_
Standard Bus
Address 4
CD
_
_
_
_
CF
99
98
CY
CE
CZ
CX
CD
98
99
CF
Slot E
Slot D
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Slot C
_
CY
CE
CZ
CX
CD
99
CF
98
CY
CE
CZ
CX
CD
98
99
CF
CE
CD
99
CF
98
-- 1 RMC modules consumes 7W
-- 1 RME modules consumes 7W
-- 1 RMA module consumes 4W
-- 1 RMS modules consumes 7W
-- 1 RMH modules consumes 7W
-- 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W
With this power requirement the second or third power supply could be used.
Standard Bus
Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself (graphic not shown) would
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 4 2 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all an d W i r e be a configuration that requires more than one supply. Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown above. The power supply used is the 91W supply.
The top DIN rail now has the following modules:
-- 2 RMC modules consumes 14W
-- 1 RMA consumes 4W
-- 11 RME modules consumes 77W
-- 2 RMH modules consumes 14W
As can now be seen, the total power requirement exceeds 91W. In this case, another power
supply would be required. To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins
99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect another appropriately sized power supply for
the remote modules to those same pins.
When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter-module Bus
and Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet. Standard Bus and the Inter-module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations. Without having both connected communications between modules would not be possible.
Note:
Unit is not provided with a disconnect, use of an external disconnect is required. It should
be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit.
Note:
Connecting power supplies in parallel is not allowed. When power consumption is greater
than 91 watts use a split rail configuration.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 4 3 •
C h ap t er 2 I n st all a n d W i r e Conventions Used in the Menu Pages
To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When
encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup and Factory) and their associated menus have identical
headers defined below:
Header Name
Display
Parameter Name
Range
Default
Modbus Relative
Address
CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)
Profibus Index
Parameter ID
Data Type and Access (R/W)
Definition
Visually displayed information from the control.
Describes the function of the given parameter.
Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/max values (numerical), yes/no, etc... (further explanation below).
Values as delivered from the factory.
Identifies unique parameters using either the Modbus RTU or Modbus
TCP protocols (further explanation below).
If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol (further explanation below).
If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).
Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, LabVIEW.
uint = Unsigned 16 bit integer
dint = Signed 32-bit, long
string= ASCII (8 bits per character)
float = IEEE 754 32-bit
RWES= Readable
Writable
EEPROM (saved)
User Set (saved)
Display
When a RM module is used in conjunction with the RUI (optional equipment) visual information from the module is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment display.
Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some interpretation, see
the list below:
1=1
2=2
3=3
4=4
5=5
ϯ
8
q
0
џ
=7
6=6
Ѥ= b
=8
=9
=0
=
щ, {= c
ц= d
E= E
F= F
g= g
i= i
J= J
H= K
L= L
ЛЏ= M
o= o
P= P
q= q
r= r
S= S
h= h
n= n
t= t
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 4 4 •
u= u
v= v
ФІ= W
y= y
Z= Z
C h ap t er 2 M en u C o n ve n t i o n s
Range
Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis.
This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections
can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available
communications protocols. As an example, turn to the RMH module Setup Page and look at
the Analog Input menu and then the Sensor Type. To turn the sensor off using Modbus simply
write the value of 62 (off) to register 388 and send that value to the control.
Note:
With firmware release 9.0 and above, two new parameters (Minimum and Maximum) were
added to allow ranges to be opened up to display full values. Unsigned integer may take
on a range of 0 to 65,535 and floating point may take on a range of -3.4E+38 to 3.4E+38.
Prior to revision 9.0, ranges were clamped to accommodate the seven segment LED display of the RUI. Both of these new parameters can be found in the Setup Page under the
Global Menu.
Communication Protocols
All RM modules come with the standard offering of Watlow's Standard Bus protocol used
primarily for inter-module communications as well as for configuration using EZ-ZONE
Configurator and Composer software (free download from Watlow's web site (http://www.
watlow.com). Along with Standard Bus, the RMH module can also be ordered with Modbus RTU
(only one protocol can be active at any given time). The RMA module has options for several
different protocols listed below:
-- Modbus RTU 232/485
-- EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
-- DeviceNet
-- Profibus DP
To learn more about the RM Access module click on the link below. Once there simply type in
RM in the Keyword field. http://www.watlow.com/literature/manuals.cfm
Modbus RTU Protocol
All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual).
Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5 digits).
Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from
400001 to 465535 (6 digits). Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers.
Note:
In this User's Guide, all values shown representing Modbus addresses are added to 400,001
or 40,001 to acquire the absolute address.
For parameters listed as float notice that only one (low order) of the two registers is listed,
this is true throughout this document. By default, the low order word contains the two low
bytes of the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Controller Operations Page for the
Analog Input Value. Find the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists
register 380. Because this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 380 (low
order bytes) and 381 (high order bytes). The Modbus specification does not dictate which register should be high or low order so Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order
(Setup Page, Communications Menu) from the default low/high to high/low.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 4 5 •
C h ap t er 2 M en u C o n v e n t i o n s
It should also be noted that some of the cells in the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset. Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance; such as,
alarms (24), analog inputs (16), etc... The Modbus register shown Always represents instance
one. Take for an example the Silencing parameter found in the Controller Setup Pages under
the Alarm menu. Instance one is shown as address 2670 and the offset to the next instance is
identified as +60. If there was a desire to read or write to instance 3 simply add 120 to 2670
to find its address, in this case, the instance 3 address for Alarm Silence is 2790.
RMH _ - _ _ _ _ - _ [1] _ _
or
RMA _ - A [2, 3] _ _ - A A _
or
EZKB - x [2,3] _ _ - _ _ _ _
To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 4 6 •
C h ap t er 2 M en u C o n ve n t i o n s
3
Chapter 3: Operations Pages
RMH Module Operation Page Parameters
To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for three seconds. Ai will appear in the upper display and oPEr will appear in the lower display.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be
read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater
than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will
show Value High uAL.H or Value Low uAL.L.
Ai
Pu
dio
opEr Analog Input Menu
opErProcess Value Menu
opEr Digital Input/Output
1
Ai Analog Input (1 to 16)
Ain Analog Input Value
i.Er Input Error
i.CA Calibration Offset
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Menu
1
Pu Process Value (1 to 16) 1
dio Digital Input/Output (1
Su.A Source Value A
to 12)
Su.b Source Value B
do.S Output State
Su.C Source Value C
di.S Input State
Su.d Source Value D
Su.E Source Value E
oFStOffset
o.u Output Value
• 4 7 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
ACt
Lnr
ЛЏat
opEr Action Menu
opEr Linearization Menu
opEr Math Menu
1
ACt Action (1 to 24)
Ei.S Event Status
1
Lnr Linearization (1 to 16)
Su.a Source Value A
ofstOffset
o.u Output Value
1
pasr Math (1 to 24)
Su.a Source Value A
Su.b Source Value B
Su.C Source Value C
Su.d Source Value D
Su.E Source Value E
ofstOffset
o.u Output Value
ЛЏon
opEr Monitor Menu
1
ЛЏon Monitor (1 to 16)
C.ЛЏA Control Mode Active
h.pr Heat Power
C.pr Cool Power
Loop
opEr Loop Menu
1
Loop Loop (1 to 16)
r.En Remote Set Point
C.ЛЏ Control Mode
A.tsp Autotune Set Point
aUt Autotune
C.sp Set Point
id.S Idle Set Point
h.pb Heat Proportional h.hy
C.pb
C.hy
ti
td
db
o.sp
Band
On / Off Heat Hys-
teresis
Cool Proportional Band
On / Off Cool Hys-
teresis
Time Integral
Time Derivative
Dead Band
Manual Power
aLЛЏ
opEr Alarm Menu
1
aLЛЏ Alarm (1 to 24)
A.Lo Low Set Point
a.hi High Set Point
a.CLr Clear Alarm *
a.Sir Silence Alarm *
a.st Alarm State *
CpE
opEr Compare Menu
1
CpE Compare (1 to 24)
Su.aSource Value A
Su.bSource Value B
o.u Output Value
tЛЏr
opEr Timer Menu
1
tЛЏr Timer (1 to 24)
Su.aSource Value A
Su.bSource Value B
E.t Elapsed Time
o.u Output Value
Ctr
opEr Counter Menu
1
Ctr Counter (1 to 24)
CntCount
Su.aSource Value A
Su.bSource Value B
o.u Output Value
LgC
opEr Logic Menu
1
LgC Logic (1 to 24)
Su.aSource Value A
Su.bSource Value B
Su.CSource Value C
Su.dSource Value D
Su.ESource Value E
Su.FSource Value F
Su.gSource Value G
Su.hSource Value H
o.u Output Value
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 4 8 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Ai
opEr
Analog Input Menu
Ain
Ain
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Analog Input Value
View the process
value.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
380
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 16
1
0
4001
float
R
Analog Input (1 to
---nonE None (61)
16)
OpEn Open (65)
Input Error
shrt Shorted (127)
View the cause of
E.ЛЏ Measurement Erthe most recent error (140)
ror. If the attn
E.CaL Bad Calibration
message is Er.i1
Data (139)
or Er.iя or
Er.ab Ambient Error
Er.10 or Er.16, (9)
this parameter will
E.rtd RTD Error (141)
display the cause
of the input error. faiL Fail (32)
382
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 16
2
1
4002
uint
R
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Calibration Offset
Offset the input
reading to compensate for lead wire
resistance or other
factors that cause
the input reading to vary from
the actual process
value.
402
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 16
0xC (12)
2
4012
float
RWES
Note:
Ensure that the Error Status (below)
indicates no error
(61) when reading
this value using a
field bus protocol.
If an error exists,
the last known
value prior to the
error occurring will
be returned.
i.Er
i.Er
i.Ca
i.CA
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,110.555 to
5,555.000°C
0.0
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 4 9 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Range
No Display
Analog Input (1 to
-1,999.000 to
16)
9,999.000°F or units
Filtered Process
-1,128.000 to
Value
5,537.000°C
View the process
value when filtering
is turned on.
No Display
Analog Input (1 to
Clear Error (1221)
16)
Clear Error
Clear latched input
when input error
condition no longer
exists.
- - - - 422
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 16
0x16 (22)
----
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
4022
float
R
----
436
[offset
90]
0x68
---(104)
1 to 16
0x1D (29)
4029
uint
RW
Pu
opEr
Process Value Menu
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
Su.C
Su.C
Su.d
Su.d
Su.E
Su.E
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
8250
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x10 (16)
26016
float
R
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
8252
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x11 (17)
26017
float
R
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source C.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
8254
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x12 (18)
26018
float
R
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Value D
View the value of
Source D.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
8256
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x13 (19)
26019
float
R
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Value E
View the value of
Source E.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
8258
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x14 (20)
26020
float
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 0 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
ofst
oFSt
o.u
o.u
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Process Value (1 to
16)
Offset
Set an offset to
be applied to this
function's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
Process Value (1 to
16)
Output Value
View the value of
this function block's
output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
0
----
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
8264
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x17 (23)
26023
float
RWES
8262
[offset
70]
0x7E
---(126)
1 to 16
0x16 (22)
26022
float
R
6007
uint
R
dio
opEr
Digital Input/Output Menu
do.s
do.S
di.s
di.S
No Display
Digital Output (1 to
12)
Output State
View the state of
this output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
1832
[offset
30]
0x6A
(106)
1 to 12
7
Digital Input (1 to
12)
Input State
View this event input state.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
1840
[offset
30]
0x6A
---(106)
1 to 12
0x0B (11)
6011
uint
R
Digital Input (1 to
12)
Source Error
View reported
cause for input
malfunction.
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error
(140)
Bad calibration data
(139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
----
1848
[offset
30]
0x6A
(106)
1 to 12
0x0F
(15)
----
6015
uint
R
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
2188
[offset
20]
0x6E
(110)
1 to 24
5
140
10005
uint
R
46
aCt
opEr
Action Menu
Ei.s
Ei.S
Action (1 to 24)
Event Input Status
View this input
state.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 1 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
No Display
Function Key (1)
Function Key State
View current state
of function key 1.
Off (62)
On (63)
----
----
----
----
3024
uint
R
No Display
Function Key (2)
Function Key State
View current state
of function key 2.
Off (62)
On (63)
----
----
----
----
3030
uint
R
ЛЏon
opEr
Monitor Menu
C.ЛЏA
C.MA
h.pr
h.Pr
C.pr
C.Pr
C.sp
C.SP
pu.a
Pv.A
Monitor (1 to 16)
Control Mode Active
View the current
control mode.
off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
----
4102
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
2
----
8002
uint
R
Monitor (1 to 16)
Heat Power
View the current
heat output level.
0.0 to 100.0%
----
4124
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xD (13)
----
8011
float
R
Monitor (1 to 16)
Cool Power
View the current
cool output level.
-100.0 to 0.0%
----
4126
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xE (14)
----
8014
float
R
Monitor (1 to 16)
Closed Loop Active
Set Point
View the set point
currently in effect.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
5232
[offset
80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
7
----
8029
float
R
Monitor (1 to 16)
Process Value Active
View the current
filtered process
value using the
control input.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
4156
[offset
70]
0x97
---(151)
1 to 16
0x1D (29)
8031
float
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 2 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Loop
opEr
Control Loop Menu
r.En
r.En
C.ЛЏ
C.M
a.tsp
A.tSP
a.Ut
AUt
C.sp
C.SP
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Remote Set Point
Enable this loop
to switch control
to the remote set
point.
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
No
5260
[offset
80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
0x15
(21)
38
7021
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Control Mode
Select the method
that this loop will
use to control.
off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
Auto
4100
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
1
53
8001
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
50.0 to 200.0%
16)
Autotune Set Point
Set the set point
that the autotune
will use, as a percentage of the
current set point.
90.0
4138
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0x14
(20)
----
8025
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Autotune
Start an autotune.
While the
autotune is active, the Home
Page will display
attn tUn1 to
tUnя or tU10
to tU16 When
the autotune is
complete, the
message will clear
automatically.
No
4140
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0x15
(21)
54
8026
uint
RW
75.0°F 5220
or
[offset
units
80]
24.0°C
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
1
39
7001
float
RWES
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
Control Loop (1 to
Low Set Point to
16)
Maximum Set Point
Set Point
(Setup Page)
Set the closed
loop set point that
the controller will
automatically control to.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 3 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
id.s
id.S
h.pb
h.Pb
h.hy
h.hy
C.pb
C.Pb
C.hy
C.hy
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Range
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Idle Set Point
Define a set point
that can be triggered by an event
state.
Low Set Point to High 75.0°F 5236
Set Point (Setup Page) or
[offset
units
80]
24.0°C
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
9
40
7009
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Heat Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for
the heat outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F
or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
25.0°F 4110
or
[offset
units
70]
14.0°C
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
6
55
8009
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
0.001 to 9,999.000°F
16)
or units
On / Off Heat Hys- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C
teresis
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
3.0°F
or
units
2.0°C
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xB (11)
56
8010
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Cool Proportional
Band
Set the PID proportional band for
the cool outputs.
25.0°F 4112
or
[offset
units
70]
14.0°C
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
7
57
8012
float
RWES
3.0°F
or
units
2.0°C
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xC (12)
58
8013
float
RWES
0.001 to 9,999.000°F
or units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
Control Loop (1 to
0.001 to 9,999.000°F
16)
or units
On / Off Cool Hys- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C
teresis
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
4120
[offset
70]
4122
[offset
70]
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 4 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
ti
ti
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Time Integral
Set the PID integral for the outputs.
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
180
4114
0x97
59
seconds [offset
(151)
per re- 70]
1 to 16
peat
8
Range
0 to 9,999 seconds
per repeat
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
8006
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
0 to 9,999 seconds
16)
Time Derivative
Set the PID derivative time for the
outputs.
0
4116
seconds [offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
9
60
8007
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F
16)
or units
Dead Band
-556 to 556°C
Set the offset to
the proportional
band. With a negative value, both
heating and cooling outputs are
active when the
process value is
near the set point.
A positive value
keeps heating and
cooling outputs
from fighting each
other.
0.0
4118
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xA (10)
61
8008
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Manual Power
Set a fixed level
of output power
when in manual
(open-loop) mode.
-100 to 100% (heat
and cool)
0 to 100% (heat only)
-100 to 0% (cool only)
0.0
5222
[offset
80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
2
41
7002
float
RWES
No Display
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Error State
Read to see if loop
is in an error state.
None (61)
Open Loop (1274)
Reversed Loop (1275)
----
4148
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0x19(25)
----
8048
uint
R
No Display
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Clear Error
Write to this register to clear loop
error.
Clear (129)
Ignore (204)
Ignore 4150
[offset
70]
0x97
---(151)
1 to 16
0x1A(26)
8049
uint
W
td
td
db
db
o.sp
o.SP
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 5 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Control Loop (1 to
-100.0 to 100.0
16)
Loop Output Power
View the loop output power.
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
----
4128
[offset
70]
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
0x97
---(151)
1 to 16
0x0F (15)
8033
float
R
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
2
9002
float
RWES
aLЛЏ
opEr
Alarm Menu
a.Lo
A.Lo
Alarm (1 to 24)
Low Set Point
If Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu)
is set to:
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
32.0°F 2662
or
[offset
units
60]
0.0°C
18
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a low
alarm.
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the set point that
will trigger a low
alarm. A negative
set point represents a value below
closed loop set
point. A positive set
point represents a
value above closed
loop set point.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 6 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
a.hi
A.hi
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
300.0
°F or
units
150.0
°C
2660
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
1
19
9001
float
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Clear Alarm
Write to this register to clear an
alarm
0
----
----
----
----
9026
uint
W
Alarm (1 to 24)
Silence Alarm
Write to this register to silence an
alarm
0
----
----
----
----
9027
uint
W
Alarm (1 to 24)
Alarm State
Current state of
alarm
str Startup (88)
nonE None (61)
bLo Blocked (12)
aL.L Alarm Low (8)
aL.h Alarm High (7)
aL.E Error (28)
----
2676
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
9
----
9009
uint
R
Alarm (1 to 24)
Alarm Clearable
Read to see if
alarm can be
cleared.
no No (59)
----
2682
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0xC (12)
----
9012
uint
R
Parameter Name
Description
Alarm (1 to 24)
High Set Point
If Type (Setup
Page, Alarm Menu)
is set to:
Range
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a high
alarm.
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the set point that
will trigger a low
alarm. A negative
set point represents a value below
closed loop set
point. A positive set
point represents a
value above closed
loop set point.
A.CLr
A.CLr
A.sir
A.Sir
A.st
A.St
No Display
yEs Yes (106)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 7 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
No Display
Alarm (1 to 24)
Yes (106)
Silenced
No (59)
Read to see if
alarm is active but
has been silenced
by Silence Alarm.
----
2680
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x0B
(11)
----
9011
uint
R
No Display
Alarm (1 to 24)
Latched
Read to see if
alarm is currently
latched.
Yes (106)
No (59)
----
2678
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x0A
(10)
----
9010
uint
R
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 24)
play
Clear Request
Write to this register to clear an
alarm
Clear (0)
No Change (255)
----
2684
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0xD (13)
32
9013
uint
RW
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 24)
play
Silence Request
Write to this register to silence an
alarm
Clear (0)
No Change (255)
----
2686
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x0E
(14)
33
9014
uint
RW
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 24)
-1,999.000 to
play
Alarm Working
9,999.000°F or units
Process Value
-1,128.000 to
Read process value 5,537.000°C
used by alarms
----
2696
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x13
(19)
----
9019
float
R
No Dis- Alarm (1 to 24)
play
Output Value
Read state of
alarm output
On (63)
Off (62)
----
2706
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x18
(24)
----
9024
uint
R
Linearization (1 to
24)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
14386
[offset
70]
0x86
(134)
1 to 24
4
----
34004
float
R
Linearization (1 to
24)
Offset
Set an offset to
be applied to this
function's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
0
14390
[offset
70]
0x86
(134)
1 to 24
6
----
34006
float
RWES
Lnr
opEr
Linearization Menu
Su.a
Su.A
ofst
oFSt
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 5 8 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
o.u
o.v
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Linearization (1 to
24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
14392
[offset
70]
0x86
(134)
1 to 24
7
----
34007
float
R
Linearization (1 to
24)
Error
View reported
cause for Linearization output
malfunction.
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement error
(140)
Bad calibration data
(139)
Ambient error (9)
RTD error (14)
Fail (32)
Math error (1423)
Not sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Can't process (1659)
----
14434
[offset
70]
0x86
(134)
1 to 24
0x1C
(28)
----
34028
uint
R
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
11272
[offset
40]
0x80
(128)
1 to 24
7
----
28007
float
R
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
11274
[offset
40]
0x80
(128)
1 to 24
8
----
28008
float
R
Compare (1 to 24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
11278
[offset
40]
0x80
(128)
1 to 24
0xA (10)
----
28010
uint
R
CpE
opEr
Compare Menu
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
o.u
o.v
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 5 9 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
----
11284
[offset
40]
0x80
(128)
1 to 24
0x0D
(13)
----
28013
uint
R
Timer (1 to 24)
Value Source A
View the value of
Source A.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
13192
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
7
----
31007
uint
R
Timer (1 to 24)
Value Source B
View the value of
Source B.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
13194
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
8
----
31008
uint
R
Timer (1 to 24)
Elapsed Time
View the value
of this function's
elapsed time.
0 to 9,999.000 seconds
----
13210
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
0x10
(16)
----
31016
float
R
Timer (1 to 24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
13198
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
0x11
(17)
----
31010
uint
R
31015
uint
R
Parameter Name
Description
Compare (1 to 24)
Error
Read reported
cause for compare
error
Range
tЛЏr
opEr
Timer Menu
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
E.t
E.t
o.u
o.v
No Display
Timer (1 to 24)
Off (62)
Running
On (63)
Read to determine
if timer is running
----
13208
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
0x0F
(15)
----
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 0 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
----
13214
[offset
50]
0x83
(131)
1 to 24
0x12
(18)
----
31018
uint
R
Counter (1 to 24)
0 to 9,999
Count
View the function's
total count.
----
12248
[offset
40]
0x82
(130)
1 to 24
0xF (15)
217
30015
uint
R
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
12232
[offset
40]
0x82
(130)
1 to 24
7
----
30007
uint
R
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
12234
[offset
40]
0x82
(130)
1 to 24
8
----
30008
uint
R
Counter (1 to 24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
12238
[offset
40]
0x82
(130)
1 to 24
0xA (10)
----
30010
uint
R
Counter (1 to 24)
Error
Read reported
cause for counter
error
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
----
12250
[offset
40]
0x82
(130)
1 to 24
0x10
(16)
----
30016
uint
R
Parameter Name
Description
Timer (1 to 24)
Error
Read reported
cause for timer
error
Range
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
Ctr
opEr
Counter Menu
Cnt
Cnt
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
o.u
o.v
No Display
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 6 1 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
LgC
opEr
Logic Menu
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
Su.C
Su.C
Su.d
Su.d
Su.E
Su.E
Su.f
Su.F
Su.g
Su.g
Su.h
Su.h
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9388
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x19
(25)
----
27025
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9390
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1A
(26)
----
27026
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source C.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9392
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1B
(27)
----
27027
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value D
View the value of
Source D.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9394
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1C
(28)
----
27028
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value E
View the value of
Source E.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9396
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1D
(29)
----
27029
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value F
View the value of
Source F.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9398
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1E
(30)
----
27030
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Value Source G
View the value of
Source G.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9400
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x1F
(31)
----
27031
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Value H
View the value of
Source H.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9402
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x20
(32)
----
27032
uint
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 2 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
Display
o.u
o.v
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Logic (1 to 24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
9406
[offset
80]
7F (127)
1 to 24
0x22
(34)
----
27034
uint
R
Logic (1 to 24)
Error
Read reported
cause for logic error
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
----
9410
[offset
80]
0x7F
(127)
1 to 24
0x24
(36)
----
27036
uint
R
Math (1 to 24)
Source Value A
View the value of
Source A.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
6570
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x10
(16)
----
25016
float
R
Math (1 to 24)
Source Value B
View the value of
Source B.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
6572
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x11
(17)
----
25017
float
R
Math (1 to 24)
Source Value C
View the value of
Source C.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
6574
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x12
(18)
----
25018
float
R
Math (1 to 24)
Source Value D
View the value of
Source D.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
6576
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x13
(19)
----
25019
float
R
Math (1 to 24)
Source Value E
View the value of
Source E.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
----
6578
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x14
(20)
----
25020
uint
R
ЛЏat
opEr
Math Menu
Su.a
Su.A
Su.b
Su.b
Su.C
Su.C
Su.d
Su.d
Su.E
Su.E
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 6 3 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io n s P a g e
Display
ofst
oFSt
o.u
o.v
No Display
RM High Density Module • Operations Page
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP
Modbus
Class
ProDefault Relative Instance fibus
Address Attribute Index
hex (dec)
Data
Param- Type
eter
and
ID
Access
**
Math (1 to 24)
Offset
Set an offset to
be applied to this
function's output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
0
6584
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x17
(23)
----
25023
float
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Output Value
View the value
of this function's
output.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000°F or units
-1,128.000 to
5,537.000°C
----
6582
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x16
(22)
----
25022
float
R
Math (1 to 24)
Error
Read reported
cause for logic error
None (61)
Open (65)
Shorted (127)
Measurement Error
(140)
Bad Cal Data (139)
Ambient Error (9)
RTD Error (141)
Fail (32)
Math Error (1423)
Not Sourced (246)
Stale (1617)
----
6596
[offset
70]
0x7D
(125)
1 to 24
0x1D
(29)
----
25029
uint
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 4 •
C h ap t er 3 O p erat io ns P a g e
4
Chapter 4: Setup Pages
RMH Module Setup Page Parameters
To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. Ai
will appear in the upper display and SEt will appear in the lower display.
Note:
If keys are released when opEr is displayed, press the Infinity Key ˆ or reset key to exit
and repeat until SEt is displayed.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
Note:
Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character RUI display. Full values can be
read with other interfaces. In firmware 9.0 and above, a user may specify ranges greater
than may displayed by an RUI. If greater or less than an RUI can display, the display will
show Value High uAL.H or Value Low uAL.L.
Ai
sEt Analog Input Menu
1
Ai Analog Input (1 to 16)
sEn Sensor Type
Lin TC Linearization
Unit Units
s.Lo Scale Low
s.hi Scale High
r.Lo Range Low
r.hi Range High
Co.C
P.EE Process Error Enable P.EL Process Error Low fiL
Value
i.Er
t.C Thermistor Curve dEC
r.r Resistance Range
i.Ca
Co.a Custom Coefficient ain
A
i.Er
Co.b Custom Coefficient Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Custom Coefficient C
Filter
Input Error Latching
Display Precision
Calibration Offset
Analog Input Value *
Input Error *
B
• 6 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
Pu
sEt Process Value
si.a Source Instance A
sz.a Source Zone A
LEv Active Level
r.sC Ramp Scale
r.rt Ramp Rate
L.sp Minimum Set Point
h.sp Maximum Set Point
C.sp Set Point*
id.s Idle Set Point *
sp.Lo Minimum Manual 1
Pu Process Value (1 to 16) Loop
fn
Function
sEt Control Loop Menu
Sfn.a Source Function A 1
Si.a Source Instance A Loop Control Loop (1 to 16)
Power
Sfn.b Source Function B Sfn.a Source Function A Si.b Source Instance B is.a Source Instance A SP.hiMaximum Manual Power
sz.b Source Zone B
h.ag Heat Algorithm
o.sp Manual Power *
Sfn.C Source Function C C.ag Cool Algorithm
C.
ЛЏ Control Mode *
Si.C Source Instance C C.Cr Cool Output Curve
sz.C Source Zone C
h.pb Heat Proportional otpt
Sfn.d Source Function D sEt Output Menu
Band *
Si.d Source Instance D h.hy On / Off Heat Hys- 1
sz.d Source Zone D
teresis *
otpt Output (1 to 12)
Sfn.E Source Function E C.pb Cool Proportional fn Function
Si.E Source Instance E Band *
fi Output Function In-
sz.E Source Zone E
C.hy On / Off Cool Hys- stance
teresis *
C.p Cross Over Point
sz Output Source Zone
ti Time Integral *
C.b Cross Over Band
o.Ct Time Base Type
td Time Derivative * o.tp Fixed Time Base
p.unt Pressure Units
db Dead Band *
a.unt Altitude Units
o.Lo Low Power Scale
b.pr Barometric Pressure t.tunTRU-TUNE+® Enable o.hi High Power Scale
t.bnd TRU-TUNE+ Band
fil Filter
otpt Output (1 to 3, 7 to t.gn TRU-TUNE+ Gain
9) process
dio
a.tsp Autotune Set Point o.ty Output Type
sEt Digital Input/Output *
t.agr Autotune Aggres-
1
siveness
dio Digital Input/Output (1 p.dL Peltier Delay
to 12)
r.En Remote Set Point
dir Direction
Sfn.b Source Function B
fn Function
Si.b Source Instance B
fi Output Function In- Sz.b Source Zone B
stance
r.ty Remote Set Point sz.a Output Source Zone Type
o.Ct Time Base Type
Ufa Auto-to-Manual o.tb Fixed Time Base
Power
o.Lo Low Power Scale
faiL Input Error Power
o.hi High Power Scale ЛЏan Fixed Power
L.dE Open Loop Detect aCt
Enable
sEt Action Menu
L.
d
t
Open Loop Detect 1
Time
aCt Action (1 to 24)
L.dd Open Loop Detect fn Action Function
Deviation
fi Function Instance rp Ramp Action
sfn.a Source Function A
Menu
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 6 •
fn
fi
sz.a
s.Lo
s.hi
r.Lo
r.hi
o.Ca
Function
Output Function In-
stance
Source Zone A
Scale Low
Scale High
Range Low
Range High
Calibration Offset
aLЛЏ
sEt Alarm Menu
1
aLЛЏ Alarm (1 to 24)
a.ty Type
sr.a Alarm Source
is.a Alarm Source In-
stance
sz.a Alarm Source Zone
Loop Control Loop
a.hy Hysteresis
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
a.Lg Logic
a.sd Sides
a.Lo Low Set Point *
a.hi High Set Point *
a.La Latching
a.bL Blocking
a.si Silencing
a.dsp Display
a.dL Delay Time
a.CLr Clear Alarm *
a.sir Silence Alarm *
a.st Alarm State *
Lnr
sEt Linearization Menu
1
Lnr Linearization (1 to 16)
fn Function
sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
sz.a Source Zone A
Unit Units
ip.1 Input Point 1
op.1 Output Point 1
ip.2 Input Point 2
op.2 Output Point 2
ip.3 Input Point 3
op.3 Output Point 3
ip.4 Input Point 4
op.4 Output Point 4
ip.5 Input Point 5
op.5 Output Point 5
ip.6 Input Point 6
op.6 Output Point 6
ip.7 Input Point 7
op.7 Output Point 7
ip.8 Input Point 8
op.8 Output Point 8
ip.q Input Point 9
op.q Output Point 9
ip.10 Input Point 10
op.10 Output Point 10
CpE
sEt Compare Menu
1
CpE Compare (1 to 24)
fn Function
toL Tolerance
Sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
Sz.a Source Zone A
Sfn.b Source Function B
Si.b Source Instance B
Sz.b Source Zone B
Er.h Error Handling
tЛЏr
sEt Timer Menu
1
tЛЏr Timer (1 to 24)
fn Function
Sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
Sz.a Source Zone A
sas.a Run Active Level
Sfn.b Source Function B
Si.b Source Instance B
Sz.b Source Zone B
sas.b Reset Active Level
ti Time
LEv Transmitter Active Level
Source Instance B
Source Zone B
Source Function C
Source Instance C
Source Zone C
Source Function D
Source Instance D
Source Zone D
Source Function E
Source Instance E
Source Zone E
Source Function F
Source Instance F
Source Zone F
Source Function G
Source Instance G
Source Zone G
Source Function H
Source Instance H
Source Zone H
Error Handling
ЛЏat
sEt Math Menu
Ctr
sEt Counter Menu
1
Ctr Counter (1 to 24)
fn Function
Sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
Sz.a Source Zone A
sas.a Count Active Level
Sfn.b Source Function B
Si.b Source Instance B
Sz.b Source Zone B
sas.b Reset Active Level
Load Load Value
trgt Target Value
Lat Latching
LgC
sEt Logic Menu
1
LgC Logic (1 to 24)
fn
Function
Sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
Sz.a Source Zone A
Sfn.b Source Function B
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Si.b
Sz.b
Sfn.C
Si.C
Sz.C
Sfn.d
Si.d
Sz.d
Sfn.E
Si.E
Sz.E
Sfn.f
Si.f
Sz.f
Sfn.g
Si.g
Sz.g
Sfn.h
Si.h Sz.H
Er.h
• 6 7 •
1
ЛЏat Math (1 to 24)
fn Function
Sfn.a Source Function A
Si.a Source Instance A
Sz.a Source Zone A
Sfn.b Source Function B
Si.b Source Instance B
Sz.b Source Zone B
Sfn.C Source Function C
Si.C Source Instance C
Sz.C Source Zone C
Sfn.d Source Function D
Si.d Source Instance D
Sz.d Source Zone D
Sfn.E Source Function E
Si.E Source Instance E
Sz.E Source Zone E
s.Lo Scale Low
S.hi Scale High
Unit Units
r.Lo Range Low
r.hi Range High
p.unt Pressure Units
a.unt Altitude Units
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
fiL Filter
var
sEt Variable Menu
1
var Variable (1 to 24)
typE Data Type
Unit Units
dig Digital
anLg Analog
gLbL
sEt Global Menu
gLbL Global
C_f Display Units
aC.Lf AC Line Frequency
ЛЏaK Maximum
ЛЏin Minimum
d.prs Display Pairs
Usr.s Save Settings As
Usr.r Restore Settings From
COЛЏ
sEt Communications Menu
COЛЏ Communications
baUd Baud Rate
par Parity
ЛЏ.hL Modbus Word Order
C_f Display Units
nu.s Non-volatile Save
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 6 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Ai
sEt
Analog Input Menu
sEn
SEn
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Sensor Type
Set the analog sensor type to match
the device wired to
this input.
Note:
There is no open
sensor protection
for process inputs.
Lin
Lin
Unit
Unit
s.Lo
S.Lo
off Off (62)
tC Thermocouple (95)
ЛЏu Millivolts (56)
voLt Volts dc (104)
ЛЏa Milliamps dc (112)
r0.1H RTD 100 Ω (113)
r1.0H RTD 1,000 Ω (114)
pot Potentiometer 1 kΩ
0x68 3
(104)
1 to 16
5
4005
uint
RWES
J
390
[offset
90]
0x68 4
(104)
1 to 16
6
4006
uint
RWES
Process
462
[offset
90]
0x68 5
(104)
1 to 16
0x2A
(42)
4042
uint
RWES
0.0
408
[offset
90]
0x68 6
(104)
1 to 16
0xF (15)
4015
float
RWES
(155)
thEr Thermistor (229)
Analog Input (1 to
16)
TC Linearization
Set the linearization to match the
thermocouple
wired to this input.
b B (11)
C C (15) d D (23)
E E (26)
f F (30)
J J (46)
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Units
Set the type of
units the sensor
will measure.
a.tp Absolute Temperature
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Scale Low
Set the low scale
for process inputs.
This value, in millivolts, volts or
milliamps, will
correspond to the
Range Low output
of this function
block.
Thermo- 388
couple [offset
or
90]
Thermistor
H K (48)
n N (58)
r R (80)
s S (84)
t T (93)
(1540)
rh Relative Humidity (1538)
pro Process (75)
PФІr Power (73)
-100.0 to 1,000.0
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 6 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
s.hi
S.hi
r.Lo
r.Lo
r.hi
r.hi
p.EE
P.EE
p.EL
P.EL
t.C
t.C
Parameter Name
Description
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Scale High
Set the high scale
for process inputs.
This value, in millivolts, volts or
milliamperes, will
correspond to the
Range High output
of this function
block.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
20.0
410
[offset
90]
0x68 7
(104)
1 to 16
0x10
(16)
4016
float
RWES
0.0
412
[offset
90]
0x68 8
(104)
1 to 16
0x11
(17)
4017
float
RWES
9,999
414
[offset
90]
0x68 9
(104)
1 to 16
0x12
(18)
4018
float
RWES
Off
438
[offset
90]
0x68 10
(104)
1 to 16
0x1E
(30)
4030
uint
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
-100.0 to 1,000.0
16)
Process Error Low
Value
If the process value
drops below this
value, it will trigger an input error.
0.0
440
[offset
90]
0x68 11
(104)
1 to 16
0x1F
(31)
4031
float
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Thermistor Curve
Select a curve to
apply to the thermistor input.
Curve A 454
[offset
90]
0x68 - - - - 4038
(104)
1 to 16
0x26
(38)
uint
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Range Low
Set the low range
for this function
block's output.
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Range High
Set the high range
for this function
block's output.
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Process Error Enable
Turn the Process
Error Low feature
on or off.
-100.0 to 1,000.0
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
off Off (62)
LoФІ Low (53)
a Curve A (1451)
b Curve B (1452)
C Curve C (1453)
CUst Custom (180)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 7 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
r.r
r.r
Co.a
Co.A
Co.b
Co.b
Co.C
Co.C
fiL
FiL
Parameter Name
Description
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Resistance Range
Set the maximum
resistance of the
thermistor input.
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
40K
452
[offset
90]
Analog Input (1 to
-3.4e38 to 3.4e38
16)
Custom Coefficient
A
Enter custom
Thermistor coefficients.
0
----
----
- - - - 4039
float
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
-3.4e38 to 3.4e38
16)
Custom Coefficient
B
Enter custom
Thermistor coefficients.
0
----
----
- - - - 4040
float
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
-3.4e38 to 3.4e38
16)
Custom Coefficient
C
Enter custom
Thermistor coefficients.
0
----
----
- - - - 4041
float
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
0.0 to 60.0 seconds
16)
Filter
Filtering smooths
out the process
signal to both the
display and the
input. Increase the
time to increase
filtering.
0.5
406
[offset
90]
0x68 12
(104)
1 to 16
0xE (14)
5 5K (1448)
1010K (1360)
2020K (1361)
4040K (1449)
0x68 - - - - 4037
(104)
1 to 16
0x25
(37)
4014
uint
RWES
float
RWES
Note:
Filter does not apply to the Limit
sensor but does
apply to all other
functions.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
i.Er
i.Er
dEC
dEC
i.Ca
i.CA
ain
Ain
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Input Error Latching
Turn input error
latching on or off.
If latching is on, errors must be manually cleared.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Off
434
[offset
90]
0x68 - - - - 4028
(104)
1 to 16
0x1C
(28)
uint
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Display Precision
Set the precision
of the displayed
value.
0 Whole (105)
0.0 Tenths (94)
0.00 Hundredths (40)
0.000 Thousandths (96)
Whole
418
[offset
90]
0x68 - - - - 4020
(104)
1 to 16
0x14
(20)
uint
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0
16)
units
Calibration Offset * -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
Offset the input
reading to compensate for lead wire
resistance or other
factors that cause
the input reading to vary from
the actual process
value.
402
[offset
90]
0x68 - - - - 4012
(104)
1 to 16
0xC (12)
float
RWES
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Analog Input Value
*
View the process
value.
380
[offset
90]
0x68 0
(104)
1 to 16
1
float
R
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or - - - units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
4001
Note:
Ensure that the Error Status (below)
indicates no error
(61) when reading
this value using a
field bus protocol.
If an error exists,
the last known
value prior to the
error occurring will
be returned.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 7 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
i.Er
i.Er
Parameter Name
Description
Analog Input (1 to
16)
Input Error *
View the cause of
the most recent
error.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
---nonE None (61)
OpEn Open (65)
shrt Shorted (127)
E.ЛЏ Measurement Error (140)
E.CaL Bad Calibration Data
382
[offset
90]
0x68 1
(104)
1 to 16
2
4002
uint
R
Process Value (1 to off Off (62)
Off
16)
s.ba Sensor Backup (1201)
Function
avg Average (1367)
Set the function
that will be applied C.o Crossover (1368)
ФІ.b Wet Bulb Dry Bulb
to the source or
(1369)
sources.
s.o Switch Over (1370)
diff Differential (1373)
rati Ratio (1374)
add Add (1375)
ЛЏUL Multiply (1376)
a.dif Absolute Difference
(1377)
ЛЏin Minimum (1378)
ЛЏaH Maximum (1379)
root Square Root (1380)
vsLa Vaisala RH Compensation (1648)
aLt Pressure to Altitude
(1649)
8260
[offset
70]
0x7E 98
(126)
1 to 16
0x15
(21)
26021
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
8220
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26001
(126)
1 to 16
1
uint
RWES
(139)
Er.ab Ambient Error (9)
E.rtd RTD Error (141)
faiL Fail (32)
Pu
sEt
Process Value Menu
fn
Fn
sfn.a
SFn.A
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
Analog
Input
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
si.a
Si.A
sfn.b
SFn.b
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
sfn.C
SFn.C
si.C
Si.C
sz.C
SZ.C
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
8230
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26006
(126)
1 to 16
6
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input, (142)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
None
8222
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26002
(126)
1 to 16
2
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
8232
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26007
(126)
1 to 16
7
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to 0 to 24
16)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
8242
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26012
(126)
1 to 16
0xC(12)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Function C
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
None
8224
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26003
(126)
1 to 16
3
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Instance C
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
8234
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26008
(126)
1 to 16
8
uint
RWES
0
8244
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26013
(126)
1 to 16
0x0D
(13)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to 0 to 24
16)
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 7 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.d
SFn.d
si.d
Si.d
sz.E
SZ.E
sfn.E
SFn.E
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Function D
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input, (142)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
None
8226
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26004
(126)
1 to 16
4
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Instance D
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
8236
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26009
(126)
1 to 16
9
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to 0 to 24
16)
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
8246
[offset
60]
0x7E - - - - 26014
(126)
1 to 16
0x0E
(14)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Function E
Set the type of
function that will
be used by this
source to trigger
a switch between
Source A and
Source B.
None
8228
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26005
(126)
1 to 16
5
uint
RWES
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
var Variable (245)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
si.E
Si.E
sz.E
SZ.E
C.p
C.P
C.b
C.b
p.unt
P.unt
Parameter Name
Description
Process Value (1 to
16)
Source Instance E
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
Range
1 to 250
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
1
8238
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26010
(126)
1 to 16
0xA (10)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to 0 to 24
16)
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
8248
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26015
(126)
1 to 16
0xF (15)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 to -1999.000 to 9999.000
16)
Cross Over Point
When the value of
source A is <= cross
over point - crossover band divided
by 2 then the output value will use
source A.
100.0
8266
[offset
70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 16
0x18
(24)
26024
float
RWES
Process Value (1 to -1999.000 to 9999.000
16)
Cross Over Band
The source will
transition between Source A
and Source B when
within this band at
a progressive rate
10.0
8268
[offset
70]
0x7E
(126)
1 to 16
0x19
(25)
26025
float
RWES
8274
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26028
(126)
1 to 16
0x1C
(28)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 psi Pounds per Square Inch PSI
16)
(1671)
Pressure Units
pasc Pascal (1674)
If Process Value
atЛЏ Atmosphere (1675)
function is set for
Pressure to Altitude ЛЏbr Millibar (1672)
units, define units torr Torr (1673)
of measure for conversion.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 7 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.unt
A.unt
b.pr
b.Pr
fiL
FiL
Parameter Name
Description
Process Value (1 16)
Altitude Units
If Process Value
function is set for
Pressure to Altitude
units, define units
of measure for conversion.
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
HFt
8276
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26029
(126)
1 to 16
0x1D
(29)
uint
RWES
Process Value (1 10.0 to 16.0
16)
Barometric Pressure
If Process Value
function is set for
Wet Bulb / Dry
Bulb, define pressure value used for
humidity calculation.
14.7
8278
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26030
(126)
1 to 16
0x1E
(30)
float
RWES
Process Value (1 to 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
16)
Filter
Filtering smooths
out the output signal of this function
block. Increase the
time to increase
filtering.
0.0
8270
[offset
70]
0x7E - - - - 26026
(126)
1 to 16
0x1A
(26)
float
RWES
1820
[offset
30]
0x6A 72
(106)
1 to 12
1
uint
RWES
Hft Kilofeet (1677)
ft Feet (1676)
dio
sEt
Digital Input/Output Menu
dir
dir
Digital Input/Output
(1 to 12)
Direction
Set this function to
operate as an input
or output.
Output
Otpt Output (68)
in Input Voltage (193)
iCon Input Dry Contact (44)
6001
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
Digital Output (1 to
12)
Function
Select what function will drive this
output.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
off Off (62)
ai Analog Input (142)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
Off
1828
[offset
30]
0x 6A 73
(106)
1 to 12
5
6005
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
var Variable (245)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 7 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
fi
Fi
sz
SZ
o.Ct
o.Ct
o.tb
o.tb
o.Lo
o.Lo
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Digital Output (1 to 1 to 250
12)
Output Function
Instance
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1
1830
[offset
30]
0x6A 74
(106)
1 to 12
6
6006
uint
RWES
Digital Output (1 to 0 to 24
12)
Output Source Zone
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
1842
[offset
30]
0x6A - - - - 6012
(106)
1 to 12
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
Digital Output (1 to ftb Fixed Time Base (34)
12)
vtb Variable Time Base
Time Base Type
(103)
Set the output
control type. This
parameter is only
used with PID control, but can be set
anytime.
Fixed
Time
Base
1822
[offset
30]
0x6A 75
(106)
1 to 12
2
6002
uint
RWES
Digital Output (1 to 0.1 to 60.0 seconds
12)
Fixed Time Base
Set the time base
for fixed-time-base
control.
1.0
1824
[offset
30]
0x6A 76
(106)
1 to 12
3
6003
float
RWES
Digital Output (1 to 0.0 to 100.0
12)
Low Power Scale
The power output
will never be less
than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling begins.
0.0
1836
[offset
30]
0x6A 77
(106)
1 to 12
9
6009
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 7 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
o.hi
o.hi
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Digital Output (1 to 0.0 to 100.0
12)
High Power Scale
The power output
will never be greater than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling stops.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
100.0
1838
[offset
30]
0x6A 78
(106)
1 to 12
A (10)
6010
float
RWES
Action (1 to 24)
None
nonE None (61)
Action Function
Usr.r User Set Restore
Set the action that (227)
will be triggered by
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
this function.
siL Silence Alarms (108)
aof Control Loops Off and
Alarms to Non-alarm State
(220)
f.aL Force Alarm to Occur
(218)
idLE Idle Set Point (107)
tUnE Tune (98)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
off Switch Control Loop
Off (90)
r.En Remote Set Point
(216)
t.da TRU-TUNE+® Disable
(219)
2184
[offset
20]
0x6E 113
(110)
1 to 24
3
10003
uint
RWES
Action (1 to 24)
Function Instance
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
2186
[offset
20]
0x6E 114
(110)
1 to 24
4
10004
uint
RWES
aCt
sEt
Action Menu
fn
Fn
fi
Fi
0 to 25
0
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.a
SFn.A
Parameter Name
Description
Action (1 to 24)
Source Function A
Set the event or
function that will
trigger the action.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
None
2190
[offset
20]
0x6E - - - - 10006
(110)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
1
2182
[offset
20]
0x6E - - - - 10002
(110)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
Action (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
2192
[offset
20]
0x6E - - - - 10007
(110)
1 to 24
7
uint
RWES
Action (1 to 24)
Active Level
Set the action that
will be considered
a true state.
High
2180
[offset
20]
0x6E 137
(110)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
var Variable (245)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
si.a
Si.A
sz.a
SZ.A
LEv
LEv
Action (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
LoФІ Low (53)
high High (37)
10001
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 8 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Loop
sEt
Control Loop Menu
sfn.a
SFn.A
is.a
iS.A
h.ag
h.Ag
C.ag
C.Ag
C.Cr
C.Cr
h.pb
h.Pb
Analog
Input
4156
[offset
70]
1 to 250
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Source Instance A
Source Instance A
follows the Control
Loop and is not
changeable
----
----
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Heat Algorithm
Set the heat control method.
off Off (62)
pid PID (71)
on.of On-Off (64)
PID
4104
[offset
70]
0x97 62
(151)
1 to 16
3
8003
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Cool Algorithm
Set the cool control
method.
off Off (62)
pid PID (71)
on.of On-Off (64)
Off
4106
[offset
70]
0x97 63
(151)
1 to 16
4
8004
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Cool Output Curve
Select a cool
output curve to
change the responsiveness of
the system.
Off
off Off (62)
Cr.a Non-linear Curve 1 (214)
Cr.b Non-linear Curve 2 (215)
4108
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8038
(151)
1 to 16
5
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Heat Proportional
Band *
Set the PID proportional band for
the heat outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
6
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input, (142)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
25.0°F 4110
or units [offset
14.0°C 70]
0x97 - - - - 8050
(151)
1 to 16
0x1D
(29)
----
- - - - 8021
55
8009
RWE
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
h.hy
h.hy
C.pb
C.Pb
C.hy
C.hy
ti
ti
td
td
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or
16)
units
On / Off Heat Hys- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C
teresis *
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
3.0°F
4120
or units [offset
2.0°C
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xB
(11)
56
8010
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Cool Proportional
Band *
Set the PID proportional band for
the cool outputs.
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or
units
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
25.0°F 4112
or units [offset
14.0°C 70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
7
57
8012
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or
16)
units
On / Off Cool Hys- 0.001 to 5,555.000°C
teresis *
Set the control
switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into
the “on” region
the process value
needs to move
before the output
turns on.
3.0°F
4122
or units [offset
2.0°C
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xC
(12)
58
8013
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Time Integral *
Set the PID integral for the outputs.
180 sec- 4114
onds per [offset
repeat 70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
8
59
8006
float
RWES
0
4116
seconds [offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
9
60
8007
float
RWES
0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat
Control Loop (1 to
0 to 9,999 seconds
16)
Time Derivative *
Set the PID derivative time for the
outputs.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 8 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
db
db
t.tUn
t.tUn
t.bnd
t.bnd
t.gn
t.gn
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or
16)
units
Dead Band *
-556 to 556°C
Set the offset to
the proportional
band. With a negative value, both
heating and cooling outputs are
active when the
process value is
near the set point.
A positive value
keeps heating and
cooling outputs
from fighting each
other.
0.0
4118
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0xA
(10)
8008
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
TRU-TUNE+® Enable
Enable or disable
the TRU-TUNE+®
adaptive tuning
feature.
No
4130
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8022
(151)
1 to 16
10 (16)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
0 to 100
16)
TRU-TUNE+® Band
Set the range, centered on the set
point, within which
TRU-TUNE+® will
be in effect. Use
this function only
if the controller is
unable to adaptive
tune automatically.
0
4132
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8034
(151)
1 to 16
0x11
(17)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
1 to 6
16)
TRU-TUNE+® Gain
Select the responsiveness of
the TRU-TUNE+®
adaptive tuning
calculations. More
responsiveness may
increase overshoot.
3
4134
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8035
(151)
1 to 16
0x12
(18)
uint
RWES
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
61
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.tsp
A.tSP
t.agr
t.Agr
p.dL
P.dL
r.En
r.En
sfn.b
SFn.b
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Autotune Set Point
*
Set the set point
that the autotune
will use, as a percentage of the
current set point.
50.0 to 200.0%
90.0
4138
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
0x14
(20)
- - - - 8025
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Autotune Aggressiveness
Select the aggressiveness of the
autotuning calculations.
Undr Under damped (99)
Crit Critical damped (21)
ovEr Over damped (69)
Critical
4136
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8024
(151)
1 to 16
0x13
(19)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Peltier Delay
Set a value that
will cause a delay when switching from heat PID
mode to cool PID
mode.
0.0 to 5.0 seconds
0.0
4154
[offset
70]
0x97 - - - - 8051
(151)
1 to 16
0x1C
(28)
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Remote Set Point
Set whether this
loop will use a remote set point.
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
No
5260
[offset
80]
0x6B 38
(107)
1 to 16
0x15
(21)
7021
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Source Function B
Set the function
that will provide
the remote set
point.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
None
5264
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7023
(107)
1 to 16
0x17
(23)
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 8 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
r.ty
r.ty
Ufa
UFA
faiL
FAiL
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
1 to 250
1
5266
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7024
(107)
1 to 16
0x18
(24)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
0 to 24
16)
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
5270
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7026
(107)
1 to 16
0x1A
(26)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Remote Set Point
Set what type of
set point will be
used.
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
Auto
5262
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7022
(107)
1 to 16
0x16
(22)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Auto-to-Manual
Select what the
controller outputs will do when
the user switches
control to manual
mode.
off Off, sets output power User
5242
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7012
(107)
1 to 16
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Input Error Power
Select what the
controller outputs
will do when an input error switches
control to manual
mode.
off Off, sets output power User
5244
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7013
(107)
1 to 16
0xD (13)
uint
RWES
to 0% (62)
bpLs Bumpless transfer,
maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and
stable, otherwise 0% (14)
ЛЏan Fixed Power, sets
output power to Fixed Power
setting (54)
UsEr User, sets output
power to last open-loop set
point the user entered (100)
to 0% (62)
bpLs Bumpless transfer,
maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and
stable, otherwise 0% (14)
ЛЏan Manual Power, sets
output power to Fixed Power
setting (54)
UsEr User, sets output
power to last open-loop set
point the user entered (100)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
ЛЏan
MAn
L.dE
L.dE
L.dt
L.dt
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
Set Point Open Loop Limit
16)
Low to Set Point Open Loop
Fixed Power
Limit High (Setup Page)
Set the manual
output power level
that will take effect if an input error failure occurs
while User Failure
Action is set to
Fixed Power.
0.0
5240
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7011
(107)
1 to 16
0xB (11)
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Open Loop Detect
Enable
Select Yes to detect conditions that
prevent the process from changing
in specified time
frame by a specified amount when
PID power is at
100%. An open loop
detect error will
disable the control
loop.
No
4142
[offset
70]
0x97 64
(151)
1 to 16
0x16
(22)
8039
uint
RWES
240
4144
[offset
70]
0x97 65
(151)
1 to 16
0x17
(23)
8040
uint
RWES
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
Control Loop (1 to
0 to 3,600 seconds
16)
Open Loop Detect
Time
Process must deviate by the Open
Loop. Detect Deviation value in
this specified time
while at 100% PID
to prevent an open
loop error.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 8 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
L.dd
L.dd
rp
rP
r.sC
r.SC
r.rt
r.rt
L.sp
L.SP
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 10.0°F 4146
16)
units
or units [offset
Open Loop Detect -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
6.0°C
70]
Deviation
Process must deviate by this value
in the Open Loop
Detect Time while
at 100% PID power
to prevent an open
loop error.
0x97 66
(151)
1 to 16
0x18
(24)
8041
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Ramp Action
Select when the
controller's set
point will ramp to
the defined end set
point.
Off
off Off (62)
str Startup (88)
stpt Set Point Change (85)
both Both (13)
5246
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7014
(107)
1 to 16
0xE (14)
uint
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Ramp Scale
Select the scale of
the ramp rate.
hoUr Hours (39)
ЛЏin Minutes (57)
5248
[offset
80]
0x6B - - - - 7015
(107)
1 to 16
0xF (15)
uint
RWES
1.0°F or 5252
units
[offset
1.0°C
80]
0x6B - - - - 7017
(107)
1 to 16
0x11
(17)
float
RWES
0x6B 52
(107)
1 to 16
3
float
RWES
Minutes
Control Loop (1 to
0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units
16)
0.0 to 5,555.000°C
Ramp Rate
Set the rate for the
set point ramp. Set
the time units for
the rate with the
Ramp Scale parameter.
Control Loop (1 to
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or -1,999°F 5224
16)
units
or units [offset
Minimum Set Point -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-1,128°C 80]
Set the minimum
value of the closed
loop set point
range.
7003
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 8 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
h.sp
h.SP
C.sp
C.SP
id.s
id.S
sp.Lo
SP.Lo
sp.hi
SP.hi
o.sp
o.SP
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Control Loop (1 to
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 9,999°F 5266
16)
units
or units [offset
Maximum Set Point -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
5,537°C 80]
Set the maximum
value of the closed
loop set point
range.
0x6B 53
(107)
1 to 16
4
7004
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
16)
or units
Set Point *
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
Set the set point
that the controller
will automatically
control to.
75.0°F 5220
or units [offset
24.0°C 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
1
49
7001
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Idle Set Point *
Set a closed loop
set point that can
be triggered by an
event state.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
or units
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
75.0°F 5236
or units [offset
24.0°C 80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
9
50
7009
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Minimum Manual
Power
Set the minimum
value of the openloop set point
range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100
5228
[offset
80]
0x6B 52
(107)
1 to 16
5
7005
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Maximum Manual
Power
Set the maximum
value of the openloop set point
range.
-100.0 to 100.0%
100
5230
[offset
80]
0x6B 55
(107)
1 to 16
6
7006
float
RWES
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Manual Power *
Set a fixed level
of output power
when in manual
(open-loop) mode.
-100.0 to 100.0% (heat and
cool) 0 to 100.0% (heat
only)
-100.0 to 0% (cool only)
0.0
5222
[offset
80]
0x6B
(107)
1 to 16
2
7002
float
RWES
51
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 8 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
C.ЛЏ
C.M
Parameter Name
Description
Control Loop (1 to
16)
Control Mode *
Select the method
that this loop will
use to control.
Range
off Off (62)
aUto Auto (10)
ЛЏan Manual (54)
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Auto
4100
[offset
70]
0x97
(151)
1 to 16
1
63
8001
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 9 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
otpt
sEt
Output Menu
fn
Fn
Output Digital (1 to
12)
Function
Select what function will drive this
output.
off Off (62)
ai Analog Input (142)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
off
1828
[offset
30]
0x6A 73
(106)
1 to 12
5
6005
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
var Variable (245)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
fi
Fi
Cz.a
SZ.A
o.Ct
o.Ct
o.tb
o.tb
o.Lo
o.Lo
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Output Digital (1 to 1 to 250
12)
Output Function
Instance
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1
1830
[offset
30]
Output Digital (1
0 to 24
to 12)
Output Source Zone
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
0
1842
[offset
30]
Output Digital (1 to ftb Fixed Time Base (34)
12)
vtb Variable Time Base
Time Base Type
(103)
Set the output
control type. This
parameter is only
used with PID control, but can be set
anytime.
Fixed
Time
Base
1822
[offset
30]
0x6A 75
(106)
1 to 12
2
6002
uint
RWES
Output Digital (1 to
12)
Fixed Time Base
Set the time base
for fixed-time-base
control.
1.0 sec. 1824
[SSR & [offset
sw dc] 30]
20.0
sec.
[mech,
relay,
NO-ARC]
0x6A 76
(106)
1 to 12
3
6003
float
RWES
0.0%
0x6A 77
(106)
1 to 12
9
6009
float
RWES
0.1 to 60.0 seconds (solidstate relay or switched dc)
5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechanical relay or NO-ARC power
control)
Output Digital (1 to 0.0 to 100.0%
12)
Low Power Scale
The power output
will never be less
than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling begins.
1836
[offset
30]
0x6A 74
(106)
1 to 12
6
6006
uint
RWES
0x6A - - - - 6012
(106)
1 to 12
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 9 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
o.hi
o.hi
o.ty
o.ty
fn
Fn
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Output Digital (1 to 0.0 to 100.0%
12)
High Power Scale
The power output
will never be greater than the value
specified and will
represent the value
at which output
scaling stops.
100.0%
1838
[offset
30]
0x6A 78
(106)
1 to 12
0xA (10)
Output Process (1 to
3, 7 to 9)
Type *
Select whether the
process output will
operate in volts or
milliamps.
voLt Volts (104)
ЛЏa Milliamps (112)
Volts
16540
[offset
60]
0x76 - - - - 18001
(118)
1-3, 7-9
1
uint
RWES
Output Process (1 to
3, 7 to 9)
Function
Set the type of
function that will
drive this output.
Off
off Off (62)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
sof.1 Special Function Out-
16542
[offset
60]
0x76 - - - - 18002
(118)
1-3, 7-9
2
uint
RWES
6010
float
RWES
put 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
fi
Fi
zs.a
ZS.A
s.Lo
S.Lo
S.hi
S.hi
r.Lo
r.Lo
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Output Process (1 to 1 to 250
3, 7 to 9)
Output Function Instance *
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1
16546
[offset
60]
0x76 - - - - 18004
(118)
1-3, 7-9
4
uint
RWES
Output Process (1 to 0 to 24
3, 7 to 9)
Source Zone A *
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
16576
[offset
60]
0x76 - - - - 18019
(118)
1-3, 7-9
0x13
(19)
uint
RWES
Output Process (1 to -100.0 to 100.0
3, 7 to 9)
Scale Low *
Set the scale low
for process output
in electrical units.
This value, in volts
or milliamps, will
correspond to 0%
PID power output
or the range low
value.
0.00
16556
[offset
60]
0x76 99
(118)
1-3, 7-9
9
18009
float
RWES
Output Process (1 to -100.0 to 100.0
3, 7 to 9)
Scale High *
Set the scale high
for process output
in electrical units.
This value, in volts
or milliamps, will
correspond to 0%
PID power output
or the range high
value.
10.00
16558
[offset
60]
0x76 - - - - 18010
(118)
1-3, 7-9
0xA (10)
float
RWES
Output Process (1 to -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or 16560
3, 7 to 9)
units
units
[offset
Range Low *
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
-18°C
60]
Use to set the
minimum value in
process units. This
will correspond
with the Scale Low
value.
0x76 - - - - 18011
(118)
1-3, 7-9
0xB (11)
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 9 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
r.hi
r.hi
o.Ca
o.CA
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Output Process (1 to -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 100 F
16562
3, 7 to 9)
units
or units [offset
Range High *
-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
38 C
60]
Use to set the
maximum value in
process units. This
will correspond
with the Scale High
value.
0x76 - - - - 18012
(118)
1-3, 7-9
0xC (12)
float
RWES
Output Process (1 to -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or 0.0°F or 16552
3, 7 to 9)
units
units
[offset
Calibration Offset * -1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C
0.0°C
60]
Set an offset value
for a process output.
0x76 - - - - 18007
(118)
1-3, 7-9
7
float
RWES
2688
[offset
60]
0x6D 20
(109)
1 to 24
0xF (15)
9015
uint
RWES
aLЛЏ
sEt
Alarm Menu
a.ty
A.ty
sr.a
Sr.A
Alarm (1 to 24)
Type
Select whether the
alarm trigger is a
fixed value or will
track the set point.
off Off (62)
pr.aL Process Alarm (76)
dE.aL Deviation Alarm (24)
Alarm (1 to 24)
Alarm Source
Select what will
trigger this alarm.
Analog
nonE None (61)
Input
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
var Variable (245)
Cu.r Current Read is Sample
2692
[offset
60]
0x6D 21
(109)
1 to 24
0x11
(17)
9017
uint
RWES
1 or 250
2694
[offset
60]
0x6D 22
(109)
1 to 24
0x12
(18)
9018
uint
RWES
Off
Hold (179)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
is.a
iS.A
Alarm (1 to 24)
Alarm Source Instance
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sz.a
SZ.A
Loop
Loop
a.hy
A.hy
a.Lg
A.Lg
a.sd
A.Sd
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Alarm (1 to 24)
0 or 24
Alarm Source Zone
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
Alarm (1 to 24)
Control Loop
Select the loop
when deviation
alarm is selected
above.
0
1 to 250
1
2708
[offset
60]
0x6D - - - - 9025
(109)
1 to 24
0x19
(25)
uint
RWES
2704
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x17
(23)
9023
uint
RWES
23
Alarm (1 to 24)
0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units 1.0°F or 2664
Hysteresis
0.001 to 5,555.000°C
units
[offset
Set the hysteresis
1.0°C
60]
for an alarm. This
determines how far
into the safe region
the process value
needs to move before the alarm can
be cleared.
0x6D 24
(109)
1 to 24
3
9003
float
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Logic
Select what the
output condition
will be during the
alarm state.
aL.C Close On Alarm (17)
AL.o Open On Alarm (66)
Close On 2668
Alarm
[offset
60]
0x6D 25
(109)
1 to 24
5
9005
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Sides
Select which side
or sides will trigger
this alarm.
both Both (13)
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
Both
0x6D 26
(109)
1 to 24
4
9004
uint
RWES
2666
[offset
60]
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 9 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.Lo
A.Lo
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Alarm (1 to 24)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
Low Set Point *
or units
If Alarm Type (Set- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
up Page, Alarm
Menu) is set to:
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a low
alarm.
32.0°F 2662
or units [offset
0.0°C
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
2
18
9002
float
RWES
300.0°F 2660
or units [offset
150.0°C 60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
1
19
9001
float
RWES
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the closed loop set
point that will trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point
represents a value
below closed loop
set point. A positive
set point represents a value above
closed loop set
point.
a.hi
A.hi
Alarm (1 to 24)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F
High Set Point
or units
If Alarm Type (Set- -1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C
up Page, Alarm
Menu) is set to:
Process - set the
process value that
will trigger a high
alarm.
Deviation - set the
span of units from
the closed loop set
point that will trigger a low alarm. A
negative set point
represents a value
below closed loop
set point. A positive
set point represents a value above
closed loop set
point.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.La
A.LA
a.bL
A.bL
a.si
A.Si
a.dsp
A.dSP
a.dL
A.dL
a.CLr
A.CLr
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Alarm (1 to 24)
Latching
Turn alarm latching
on or off. A latched
alarm has to be
turned off by the
user.
nLat Non-Latching (60)
Lat Latching (49)
Non2672
Latching [offset
60]
0x6D 27
(109)
1 to 24
7
9007
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Blocking
Select when an
alarm will be
blocked. After
startup and/or after the set point
changes, the alarm
will be blocked
until the process
value enters the
normal range.
off Off (62)
str Startup (88)
stpt Set Point (85)
both Both (13)
Off
2674
[offset
60]
0x6D 28
(109)
1 to 24
8
9008
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Silencing
Turn alarm silencing on to allow the
user to disable this
alarm.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Off
2670
[offset
60]
0x6D 29
(109)
1 to 24
6
9006
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Display
Display an alarm
message when an
alarm is active.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
On
2690
[offset
60]
0x6D 30
(109)
1 to 24
0x10
(16)
9016
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
0 to 9,999 seconds
Delay Time
Set the span of
time that the alarm
will be delayed
after the process
value exceeds the
alarm set point.
0
2700
[offset
60]
0x6D 31
(109)
1 to 24
0x15
(21)
9021
uint
RWES
Alarm (1 to 24)
Clear Alarm
Write to this register to clear an
alarm
Ignore
2684
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x0D
(13)
9026
uint
W
Clear (129)
Ignore (204)
32
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 9 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et up P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.sir
A.Sir
a.st
A.St
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Alarm (1 to 24)
Silence Alarm
Write to this register to silence an
alarm
Ignore (204)
Silence (108)
Ignore
2686
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
0x0E
(14)
33
9027
uint
W
Alarm (1 to 24)
State
Current state of
alarm
str Startup (88)
nonE None (61)
bLo Blocked (12)
aL.L Alarm low (8)
aL.h Alarm high (7)
aL.E Error (28)
----
2676
[offset
60]
0x6D
(109)
1 to 24
9
- - - - 9009
uint
R
Linearization (1 to
16)
Function
Set how this function will linearize
Source A.
off Off (62)
intr Interpolated (1482)
stpd Stepped (1483)
Off
14388
[offset
70]
0x86 120
(134)
1 to 16
5
34005
uint
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
None
14380
[offset
70]
0x86 - - - - 34001
(134)
1 to 16
1
uint
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 or 250
1
14382
[offset
70]
0x86 - - - - 34002
(134)
1 to 16
2
uint
RWES
Lnr
sEt
Linearization Menu
Fn
Fn
sfn.a
SFn.A
si.a
Si.A
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 9 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sz.a
SZ.A
Unit
Unit
ip.1
ip.1
op.1
op.1
ip.2
ip.2
op.2
op.2
ip.3
ip.3
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Linearization (1 to 0 or 16
16)
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
14384
[offset
70]
0x86 - - - - 34003
(134)
1 to 16
3
uint
RWES
Linearization (1 to src Source (1539)
Source
16)
nonE None (61)
Units
a.tp Absolute Temperature
Set the units of the (1540)
output value.
r.tp Relative Temperature
(1541)
pФІr Power (73)
pro Process (75)
rh Relative Humidity (1538)
14436
[offset
70]
0x86 121
(134)
1 to 16
0x1D
(29)
34029
uint
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 1
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 1.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
14394
[offset
70]
0x86 122
(134)
1 to 16
8
34008
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 1
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 1.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
14414
[offset
70]
0x86 123
(134)
1 to 16
0x12
(18)
34018
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 2
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 2.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
14396
[offset
70]
0x86 124
(134)
1 to 16
9
34009
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 2
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 2.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
14416
[offset
70]
0x86 125
(134)
1 to 16
0x13
(19)
34019
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 3
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 3.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
2.0
14398
[offset
70]
0x86 126
(134)
1 to 16
0xA (10)
34010
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
op.3
op.3
ip.4
ip.4
op.4
op.4
ip.5
ip.5
op.5
op.5
ip.6
ip.6
op.6
op.6
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 3
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 3.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
2.0
14418
[offset
70]
0x86 127
(134)
1 to 16
0x14
(20)
34020
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 4
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 4.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
3.0
14400
[offset
70]
0x86 128
(134)
1 to 16
0xB (11)
34011
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 4
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 4.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
3.0
14420
[offset
70]
0x86 129
(134)
1 to 16
0x15
(21)
34021
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 5
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 5.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
4.0
14402
[offset
70]
0x86 130
(134)
1 to 16
0xC (12)
34012
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 5
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 5.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
4.0
14422
[offset
70]
0x86 131
(134)
1 to 16
0x16
(22)
34022
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 6
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 6.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
5.0
14404
[offset
70]
0x86 132
(134)
1 to 16
0xD (13)
34013
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 6
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 6.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
5.0
14424
[offset
70]
0x86 133
(134)
1 to 16
0x17
(23)
34023
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 0 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
ip.7
ip.7
op.7
op.7
ip.8
ip.8
op.8
op.8
ip.q
ip.9
op.q
op.9
ip.10
ip.10
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 7
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 7.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
6.0
14406
[offset
70]
0x86 134
(134)
1 to 16
E (14)
34014
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 7
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 7.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
6.0
14426
[offset
70]
0x86 135
(134)
1 to 16
0x18
(24)
34024
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 8
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 8.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
7.0
14408
[offset
70]
0x86 136
(134)
1 to 16
0xF (15)
34015
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 8
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 8.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
7.0
14428
[offset
70]
0x86 137
(134)
1 to 16
0x19
(25)
34025
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 9
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 9.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
8.0
14410
[offset
70]
0x86 138
(134)
1 to 16
0x10
(16)
34016
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 9
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 9.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
8.0
14430
[offset
70]
0x86 139
(134)
1 to 16
0x1A
(26)
34026
float
RWES
Linearization (1 to
16)
Input Point 10
Set the value that
will be mapped to
output 10.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
9.0
14412
[offset
70]
0x86 140
(134)
1 to 16
0x11
(17)
34017
float
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
op.10
op.10
Parameter Name
Description
Linearization (1 to
16)
Output Point 10
Set the value that
will be mapped to
input 10.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
9.0
14432
[offset
70]
0x86 141
(134)
1 to 16
0x1B
(27)
34027
float
RWES
Off
off Off (62)
g.t Greater Than (1435)
L.t Less Than (1436)
E Equal To (1437)
nE Not Equal To (1438)
goE Greater or Equal (1439)
LoE Less or Equal (1440)
11276
[offset
40]
0x80 171
(128)
1 to 24
9
28009
uint
RWES
CpE
sEt
Compare Menu
fn
Fn
toL
toL
sfn.a
SFn.A
si.a
Si.A
Compare (1 to 24)
Function
Set operator that
will be used to
compare Source A
to Source B.
Compare (1 to 24)
0 to 9,999.000
Tolerance
If the difference
between Source A
and Source B is less
than this value the
two will appear to
be equal.
0.1
11280
[offset
40]
0x80 172
(128)
1 to 24
0xB (11)
28011
float
RWES
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
None
11260
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28001
(128)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
11264
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28003
(128)
1 to 24
3
uint
RWES
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 0 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sz.a
SZ.A
sfn.b
SFn.b
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Compare (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
0
11268
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28005
(128)
1 to 24
5
uint
RWES
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source. This represents the timer
reset signal.
None
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h.pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
11262
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28002
(128)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
Compare (1 to 24)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
11266
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28004
(128)
1 to 24
4
uint
RWES
0
11270
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28006
(128)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
Compare (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Er.h
Er.h
Parameter Name
Description
Compare (1 to 24)
Error Handling
Use Error Handling
to select the output value and error output state of
this function if it
receives an error
signal from one or
more sources and it
cannot determine
the output value.
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
t.g True Good (1476)
t.b True Bad (1477)
f.g False Good (1478)
f.b False Bad (1479)
False
Bad
11282
[offset
40]
0x80 - - - - 28012
(128)
1 to 24
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
off Off (62)
on.p On Pulse (1471)
dEL Delay (1472)
o.s One Shot (1473)
rEt Retentive (1474)
Off
13196
[offset
50]
0x83 165
(131)
1 to 24
9
uint
RWES
tЛЏr
sEt
Timer Menu
fn
Fn
Timer (1 to 24)
Function
Set how the timer
will function.
31009
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 0 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.a
SFn.A
si.a
Si.A
sz.a
SZ.A
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Timer (1 to 24)
None
nonE None (61)
Source Function A aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
Set the type of
CpE Compare (230)
function that will
Ctr Counter (231)
be used for this
dio Digital I/O (1142)
source. This represents the timer run Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
signal.
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
13180
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31001
(131)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
Timer (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1
13184
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31003
(131)
1 to 24
3
uint
RWES
0
13188
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31005
(131)
1 to 24
5
uint
RWES
1 to 250
Timer (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sas.a
SAS.A
sfn.b
SFn.b
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Timer (1 to 24)
Run Active Level
Set what state will
be read as on.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
High
13200
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31011
(131)
1 to 24
0xB (11)
uint
RWES
Timer (1 to 24)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used to reset a
retentive timer.
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
13182
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31002
(131)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
1
13186
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31004
(131)
1 to 24
4
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.b
Si.b
Timer (1 to 24)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 0 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sz.b
SZ.b
sas.b
SAS.b
ti
ti
LEv
LEv
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Timer (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
13190
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31006
(131)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
Timer (1 to 24)
Reset Active Level
Set what state will
be read as on.
High
13202
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31012
(131)
1 to 24
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
Timer (1 to 24)
0 to 9,999.000
Time
Set the time span
that will be measured in tenths of a
second.
0.1
13204
[offset
50]
0x83 224
(131)
1 to 24
0xD (13)
31013
float
RWES
Timer (1 to 24)
Transmitter Active
Level
Set which output
state will indicate
on.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
High
13206
[offset
50]
0x83 - - - - 31014
(131)
1 to 24
0xE (14)
uint
RWES
Up Up (1456)
dn Down (1457)
Up
12236
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30009
(130)
1 to 24
9
uint
RWES
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
Ctr
sEt
Counter Menu
fn
Fn
Counter (1 to 24)
Function
Set whether the
counter increments
or decrements the
count value. Decrementing 0 returns
9,999. Incrementing 9,999 returns 0.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 0 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.a
SFn.A
Parameter Name
Description
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for the
counter clock signal.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
None
12220
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30001
(130)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
1
12224
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30003
(130)
1 to 24
3
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
12228
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30005
(130)
1 to 24
5
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
Count Active Level
Set what output
state will indicate
on.
High
12240
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30011
(130)
1 to 24
0xB (11)
uint
RWES
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.a
Si.A
sz.a
SZ.A
sas.a
SAS.A
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
both Both (130)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 0 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.b
SFn.b
Parameter Name
Description
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used for the
counter load signal.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
None
12222
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30002
(130)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
1
12226
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30004
(130)
1 to 24
4
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
12230
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30006
(130)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
Reset Active Level
Set what output
state will indicate
on.
high High (37)
LoФІ Low (53)
both Both (130)
High
12242
[offset
40]
0x82 - - - - 30012
(130)
1 to 24
0x0C
(12)
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
Load Value
Set the counter's
initial value.
0 to 9,999
0
12244
[offset
40]
0x82 157
(130)
1 to 24
(13)
uint
RWES
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
sas.b
SAS.b
Load
LoAd
Counter (1 to 24)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
30013
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 1 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
trgt
trgt
Lat
LAt
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Counter (1 to 24)
0 to 9,999
Target Value
Set the value that
will turn the output
value on.
9,999
12246
[offset
40]
0x82 158
(130)
1 to 24
0xE (14)
30014
uint
RWES
Counter (1 to 24)
Latching
Output latched.
no No (59)
yEs Yes (106)
No
12252
[offset
40]
0x82 160
(130)
1 to 24
0x11
(17)
30017
uint
RWES
off Off (62)
and And (1426)
nand Nand (1427)
or Or (1442)
nor Nor (1443)
E Equal To (1437)
nE Not Equal To (1438)
Lat Latch (1444)
rs.ff RS Flip-Flop (1693)
Off
9404
[offset
80]
0x7F 177
(127)
1 to 24
0x21
(33)
27033
uint
RWES
LgC
sEt
Logic Menu
fn
Fn
Logic (1 to 24)
Function
Set the operator
that will be used
to compare the
sources.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.a
SFn.A
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9340
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27001
(127)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
1
9356
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27009
(127)
1 to 24
9
uint
RWES
0
9372
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27017
(127)
1 to 24
0x11
(17)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.a
Si.A
sz.a
SZ.A
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 1 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.b
SFn.b
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9342
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27002
(127)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
1
9358
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27010
(127)
1 to 24
0xA (10)
uint
RWES
0
9374
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27018
(127)
1 to 24
0x12
(18)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.C
SFn.C
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function C
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9344
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27003
(127)
1 to 24
3
uint
RWES
1
9360
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27011
(127)
1 to 24
0xB (11)
uint
RWES
0
9376
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27019
(127)
1 to 24
0x13
(19)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.C
Si.C
sz.C
SZ.C
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance C
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 1 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.d
SFn.d
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function D
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9346
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27004
(127)
1 to 24
4
uint
RWES
1
9362
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27012
(127)
1 to 24
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
0
9378
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27020
(127)
1 to 24
0x14
(20)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.d
Si.d
sz.d
SZ.d
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance D
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.E
SFn.E
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function E
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9348
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27005
(127)
1 to 24
5
uint
RWES
1
9364
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27013
(127)
1 to 24
D (13)
uint
RWES
0
9380
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27021
(127)
1 to 24
0x15
(21)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.E
Si.E
sz.E
SZ.E
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance E
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 1 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.f
SFn.F
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function F
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9350
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27006
(127)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
1
9366
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27014
(127)
1 to 24
0xE (14)
uint
RWES
0
9382
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27022
(127)
1 to 24
0x16
(22)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.f
Si.F
s2.f
SZ.F
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance F
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone F
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.g
SFn.g
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function G
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9352
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27007
(127)
1 to 24
7
uint
RWES
1
9368
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27015
(127)
1 to 24
0xF (15)
uint
RWES
0
9384
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27023
(127)
1 to 24
0x17
(23)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.g
Si.g
sz.g
SZ.g
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance G
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone G
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 1 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.h
SFn.h
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Function H
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
None
9354
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27008
(127)
1 to 24
8
uint
RWES
1
9370
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27016
(127)
1 to 24
0x10
(16)
uint
RWES
0
9386
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27024
(127)
1 to 24
0x18
(24)
uint
RWES
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LiЛЏ Limit (126)
LgC Logic (239)
sof.1 Special Function Output 1 (1532)
sof.2 Special Function Output 2 (1533)
sof.3 Special Function Output 3 (1534)
sof.4 Special Function Output 4 (1535)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
h..Er Heater Error (184)
var Variable (245)
si.h
Si.h
sz.h
SZ.h
Logic (1 to 24)
Source Instance H
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
Logic (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone H
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 1 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Er.h
Er.h
Parameter Name
Description
Logic (1 to 24)
Error Handling
Use to select the
output value and
error output state
of this function if
it receives an error
signal from one or
more sources and it
cannot determine
the output value.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
t.g True Good (1476)
t.b True Bad (1477)
f.g False Good (1478)
f.b False Bad (1479)
False
Bad
9408
[offset
80]
0x7F - - - - 27035
(127)
1 to 24
0x23
(35)
uint
RWES
Off
6580
[offset
70]
0x7D 103
(125)
1 to 24
0x15
(21)
uint
RWES
ЛЏat
sEt
Math Menu
fn
Fn
Math (1 to 24)
Function
Set the operator
that will be applied
to the sources.
off Off (62)
avg Average (1367)
p.sC Process Scale (1371)
d.sC Deviation Scale (1372)
so Switch Over (1370)
diff Differential (1373)
rati Ratio (1374)
add Add (1375)
ЛЏUL Multiply (1376)
a,dif Absolute Difference
25021
(1377)
ЛЏin Minimum (1378)
ЛЏaH Maximum (1379)
root Square Root (1380)
hold Sample and Hold
(1381)
aLt Pressure to Altitude
(1649)
dEФІ Dew Point (1650)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 0 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.a
SFn.A
si.a
Si.A
sz.a
SZ.A
sfn.b
SFn.b
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Math (1 to 24)
Source Function A
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
None
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h,pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
6540
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25001
(125)
1 to 24
1
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Source Instance A
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
6550
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25006
(125)
1 to 24
6
uint
RWES
0
6560
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25011
(125)
1 to 24
0xB (11)
uint
RWES
6542
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25002
(125)
1 to 24
2
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone A
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
Math (1 to 24)
Source Function B
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
None
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h,pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 2 1 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
si.b
Si.b
sz.b
SZ.b
sfn.C
SFn.C
si.C
Si.C
sz.C
SZ.C
Parameter Name
Description
Math (1 to 24)
Source Instance B
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
Range
1 to 250
Math (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone B
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
1
6552
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25007
(125)
1 to 24
7
uint
RWES
0
6562
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25012
(125)
1 to 24
0xC (12)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Source Function C
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
None
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h,pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
6544
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25003
(125)
1 to 24
3
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Source Instance C
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
6554
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25008
(125)
1 to 24
8
uint
RWES
0
6564
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25013
(125)
1 to 24
0xD (13)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone C
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 2 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.d
SFn.d
si.d
Si.d
sz.d
SZ.d
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Math (1 to 24)
Source Function D
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
None
nonE None (61)
ai Analog Input (142)
CUrr Current (22)
C.pr Cool Power (161)
h,pr Heat Power (160)
pФІr Power (73)
Lnr Linearization (238)
ЛЏat Math (240)
pu Process Value (241)
sp.C Set Point Closed (242)
sp.o Set Point Open (243)
var Variable (245)
ФІat Wattage (1697)
Ld.Uo Load Voltage (1698)
Ld.r Load Resistance (1183)
6546
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25004
(125)
1 to 24
4
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Source Instance D
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
1
6556
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25009
(125)
1 to 24
9
uint
RWES
0
6566
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25014
(125)
1 to 24
0xE (14)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone D
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 2 3 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
sfn.E
SFn.E
Parameter Name
Description
Math (1 to 24)
Source Function E
Set the type of
function that will
be used for this
source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
None
6548
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25005
(125)
1 to 24
5
uint
RWES
1
6558
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25010
(125)
1 to 24
0xA (10)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
0 to 24
Source Zone E
Set the zone of the
function selected
above.
0
6568
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25015
(125)
1 to 24
0xF (15)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Scale Low
If Math function
is set to Process
Scale, this will
scale Source A low
value to Range Low
setting.
0.0
6586
[offset
70]
0x7D 104
(125)
1 to 24
0x18
(24)
float
RWES
nonE None (61)
aLЛЏ Alarm (6)
CpE Compare (230)
Ctr Counter (231)
dio Digital I/O (1142)
Ent.a Profile Event Out A
(233)
Ent.b Profile Event Out B
(234)
Ent.C Profile Event Out C
(235)
Ent.d Profile Event Out D
(236)
Ent.E Profile Event Out E
(247)
Ent.f Profile Event Out F
(248)
Ent.g Profile Event Out G
(249)
Ent.h Profile Event Out H
(250)
fUn Function Key (1001)
LgC Logic (239)
tЛЏr Timer (244)
var Variable (245)
si.E
Si.E
sz.E
SZ.E
s.Lo
S.Lo
Math (1 to 24)
Source Instance E
Set the instance
of the function selected above.
1 to 250
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
25024
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 4 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
s.hi
S.hi
Unit
Unit
Parameter Name
Description
Math (1 to 24)
Scale High
If Math function
is set to Process
Scale, this will
scale Source A high
value to Range High
setting.
Math (1 to 24)
Units
Set units for
Source.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
src Source (1539)
nonE None (61)
a.tp Absolute Temperature
1.0
6588
[offset
70]
0x7D 105
(125)
1 to 24
0x19
(25)
25025
float
RWES
Source
6602
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25032
(125)
1 to 24
0x20
(32)
uint
RWES
(1540)
r.tp Relative Temperature
(1541)
pФІr Power (73)
pro Process (75)
rh Relative Humidity (1538)
r.Lo
r.Lo
r.hi
r.hi
p.unt
P.unt
Math (1 to 24)
Range Low
If Math function
is set to Process
Scale, this will output Source A Scale
Low value to Range
Low setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
6590
[offset
70]
0x7D 106
(125)
1 to 24
0x1A
(26)
25026
float
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Range High
If Math function
is set to Process
Scale, this will output Source A Scale
High value to Range
High setting.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
1.0
6592
[offset
70]
0x7D 107
(125)
1 to 24
0x1B
(27)
25027
float
RWES
0x7D - - - - 25030
(125)
1 to 24
0x1E
(30)
uint
RWES
Math (1 to 24)
Pressure Units
If Math function is
set for Pressure to
Altitude units, set
units of measure
for conversion.
psi Pressure Units (1671)
pasc Pascal (1674)
atЛЏ Atmosphere (1675)
ЛЏbr mbar (1672)
torr Torr (1673)
Pressure 6598
Units
[offset
70]
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 2 5 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
a.unt
A.unt
fiL
FiL
Parameter Name
Description
Math (1 to 24)
Altitude Units
If Math function is
set for Pressure to
Altitude units, set
units of measure
for conversion.
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Hft Kilofeet (1671)
ft Feet (1674)
Math (1 to 24)
0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Filter
Filtering smooths
out the output signal of this function
block. Increase the
time to increase
filtering.
Kilofeet 6600
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25031
(125)
1 to 24
0x1F
(31)
uint
RWES
0.0
6594
[offset
70]
0x7D - - - - 25028
(125)
1 to 24
0x1C
(28)
float
RWES
16060
[offset
20]
0x66 152
(102)
1 to 24
1
2001
uint
RWES
var
sEt
Variable Menu
Variable (1 to 24)
Data Type
Set the variable's
data type.
AnLg Analog (1215)
dig Digital (1220)
Analog
Variable (1 to 24)
Units
Set the variable's
units.
a.tp Absolute Temperature
Absolute 16072
Temper- [offset
ature
20]
0x66 - - - - 2007
(102)
1 to 24
7
uint
RWES
Variable (1 to 24)
Digital
Set the variable's
value.
off Off (62)
on On (63)
Off
16062
[offset
20]
0x66 153
(102)
1 to 24
2
2002
uint
RWES
Variable (1 to 24)
Analog
Set the variable's
value.
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
0.0
16064
[offset
20]
0x66 212
(102)
1 to 24
3
2003
float
RWES
No Dis- Variable (1 to 24)
play
Output Value
Off (62)
On (63)
-1,999.000 to 9,999.000
16066
[offset
20]
0x66
(102)
1 to 24
4
typE
tyPE
Unit
Unit
dig
dig
anLg
AnLg
(1540)
r.tp Relative Temperature
(1541)
pФІr Power (73)
pro Process (75)
rh Relative Humidity (1538)
nonE None (61)
----
- - - - 2004
float
R
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 6 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
gLbL
sEt
Global Menu
C_f
C_F
aC.Lf
AC.LF
ЛЏAx
MAX
ЛЏin
Min
Global
Display Units
Select which scale
to use for temperature.
F °F (30)
C °C (15)
°F
368
0x67
(103)
1
5
85
3005
uint
RWES
Global
AC Line Frequency
Set the frequency
to the applied ac
line power source.
50 50 Hz (3)
60 60 Hz (4)
60 Hz
----
0x65
(101)
1
0x22
(34)
- - - - 1034
uint
RWES
Global
Maximum Display
Value
Allows ranges to be
opened up to display
full values. Prior to
firmware revision
9.0, ranges were
clamped to accommodate the seven
segment LED display
of the RUI. Typically
used with external
display devices/software like HMIs and
SpecView.
Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to
3.4E+38]
9999.0
0x67
(103)
1
0x2D
(45)
- - - - 3045
float
RW
Global
Minimum Display
Value
Allows ranges to be
opened up to display
full values. Prior to
firmware revision
9.0, ranges were
clamped to accommodate the seven
segment LED display
of the RUI. Typically
used with external
display devices/software like HMIs and
SpecView.
Floating Point [-3.4E+38 to
3.4E+38]
0x67
(103)
1
0x2C
(44)
- - - - 3044
float
RW
----
Unsigned integer [0 to
65,535]
-1,999.0 - - - -
Unsigned integer [0 to
65,535]
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 2 7 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
dprs
dPrS
Usr.s
USr.S
Usr.r
USr.r
Parameter Name
Description
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Global
1 to 25
Display Pairs
Defines the number
of Display Pairs.
1
----
0x67
(103)
1
0x1C
(28)
- - - - 3028
uint
RWES
Global
Save Settings As
Save all of this
controller's settings to the selected set that have a
Data Type of RWES
sEt1 User Set 1 (101)
nonE None (61)
None
26
0x65
(101)
1
0x0E
(14)
93
1014
uint
RWE
Global
Restore Settings
From
Replace all of this
controller's settings with another
set.
nonE None (61)
sEt1 User Set 1 (101)
fCty Factory (31)
None
24
0x65
(101)
1
0xD
(13)
92
1013
uint
RWE
* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one
user set.
CoЛЏ
sEt
Communications Menu
baUd
bAUd
par
PAr
Communications
Baud Rate
Set the speed of this
controller's communications to match
the speed of the serial network.
9600 9,600 (188)
19.2 19,200 (189)
38.4 38,400 (190)
9,600
6504
0x96
(150)
1
3
- - - - 17002
uint
RWE
Communications
Parity
Set the parity of this
controller to match
the parity of the serial network.
nonE None (61)
EvEn Even (191)
odd Odd (192)
None
6506
0x96
(150)
1
4
- - - - 17003
uint
RWE
Note:
This applies if 13th
digit in part number is equal to one.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 2 8 •
C h ap t er 4 S et u p P a g e
RM High Density Module • Setup Page
Display
ЛЏ.hL
M.hL
C_f
C_F
nU.S
nV.S
Parameter Name
Description
Range
CIP Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Communications
Modbus Word Order
Select the word
order of the two
16-bit words in the
floating-point values.
hiLo Word High Low (1330) Low
Lohi Word Low High (1331) High
Communications
Display Units
Select which scale
to use for temperature passed when
using Modbus.
f °F (30)
C °C (15)
°F
Communications (1)
Non-volatile Save
If set to Yes all values written to the
control will be saved
in EEPROM.
yEs Yes (106)
no No (59)
Yes
6508
6510
6514
0x96
(150)
1
5
- - - - 17043
uint
RWE
0x96
(150)
1
6
- - - - 17050
uint
RWE
0x96
(150)
1
8
198
17051
uint
RWE
Note:
Any value that is
changed from the
RUI or over a communications port
will initiate a write
to the EEPROM.
Life of EEPROM is
approximately one
million writes.
* These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6.0 and above.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 2 9 •
C h ap t er 4 S e t u p P a g e
5
Chapter 5: Factory Pages
RMH Module - Factory Page Parameters
To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:
1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance ‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.
2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.
3. Press the Advance Key ‰ to enter the menu of choice.
4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and
then press the Advance Key ‰ to enter.
5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.
6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu, submenu to menu, menu to Home Page.
7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.
Note:
Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is
only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.
Note:
Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon
controller part number.
CUst
ULoC
CaL
1
CUst Custom Setup (1 to LoC Security Setting
CodE Public Key
pass Password
1
aCt Calibration (1 to 16)
ЛЏu Electrical Measure-
diag
ELi.o Electrical Input fCty Custom Setup Menu
50)
par Parameter
iid Instance ID
LoC
fCty Security Setting Menu fCty Calibration Menu
fCty Diagnostics Menu
diag Diagnostics
fCty Security Setting Menu pn Part Number
LoC Security Setting
rEv Software Revision
LoC.o Operations Page
s.bLdSoftware Build pas.E Password
Number
rLoC Read Lock
sn Serial Number
sLoC Write Security
datEDate of Manufac-
LoC.L Locked Access Lev- ture
el
word
ment
Offset
Slope
ELi.s Electrical Input roLL Rolling Password
pas.u User Password
pas.a Administrator Pass-
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 3 0 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
CUst
FCty
Custom Setup Menu
par
Par
Custom Menu
Parameter 1 to 20
Select the parameters
that will appear in the
Home Page.
The Parameter 1 value will
appear in the upper display
of the Home Page. It cannot be changed with the Up
and Down Keys in the Home
Page.
The Parameter 2 value will
appear in the lower display
in the Home Page. It can
be changed with the Up
and Down Keys, if the parameter is a writable one.
Scroll through the other
Home Page parameters
with the Advance Key ‰ .
nonE None
pro Process
i.Ca Input Calibra-
----
----
----
----
14005
uint
RWES
tion Offset
C_f Display Units
Usr.r Restore Settings From
A.Lo Low Set Point
A.hi High Set Point
A.hy Hysteresis
stpt Set Point
AC.Pu Active Process
Value
AC.SP Active Set
Point
op Open Loop Set
Point
aUt Autotune
C.ЛЏ User Control
Mode
h.pr Heat Power
C.pr Cool Power
ti Time Integral
td Time Derivative
db Dead Band
h.pb Heat Proportional Band
h.hy On / Off Heat
Hysteresis
C.Pb Cool Proportional Band
C.hy On / Off Cool
Hysteresis
r.rt Ramp Rate
t.tun TRU-TUNE+®
Enable
idLE Idle Set Point
CUst Custom Menu
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 1 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
iid
iid
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Custom Setup (1 to 20)
1 to 24
Instance ID
Select the instance of the
parameter selected above
to be displayed.
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
----
----
----
----
14003
uint
RWES
LoC
FCty
Lock Security Setting Menu
LoC.o
LoC.o
pas.E
PAS.E
rLoC
rLoC
Lock Security Setting
Operations Page
Use to change the required security level
clearance required to
gain access to the Operations Page.
1 to 3
2
----
----
----
----
unit
RWE
Lock Security Setting
Password Enable
Turn Password Enable ON
if a Password access feature is desired. This is in
addition to Read Lock or
Write Security..
off Off
on On
Off
----
----
----
----
----
5
----
----
----
----
uint
RWE
Lock Security Setting
1 to 5
Read Lock
Set the read security
clearance level. The user
can access the selected
level and all lower levels.
Applies regardless of Password Enable setting. Set
the Read Lock clearance
level. The user can have
read access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the Write Security
level is higher than the
Read Lock, the Read Lock
level takes priority.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 3 2 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
sLoC
SLoC
Parameter Name
Description
Range
Lock Security Setting
0 to 5
Write Security
Set the write security
clearance level. The user
can access the selected
level and all lower levels.
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
5
----
----
----
----
uint
RWE
Applies regardless of Password Enable setting. Set
the Write Security clearance level. The user can
have write access to the
selected level and all lower levels. If the Write Security level is higher than
the Read Lock, the Read
Lock level takes priority.
LoC.L
LoC.L
rooL
roLL
Pas.u
PAS.u
Lock Security Setting
Locked Access Level
Determines user level
menu visibility when
Password is enabled. See
Features section under
Password Security. This
setting is in addition to
Read Lock and Write
Security. Consider using
only Locked Access Level
and Set Read Lock and
Write Security to 5.
1 to 5
5
----
----
----
----
----
Lock Security Setting
Rolling Password
Applies if Password Enable is ON. When power
is cycled a new Public
Key will be displayed.
off Off
on On
Off
----
----
----
----
----
63
----
----
----
----
----
Lock Security Setting
10 to 999
User Password
Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus
made available through
the Locked Access Level
setting. Do not forget the
password as it is required
to change Locked Access
Level, Read Lock or Write
Security.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 3 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
pas.a
PAS.A
No
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
Lock Security Setting
10 to 999
Administrator Password
Applies if Password Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus
made available through
the Locked Access Level
setting. Do not forget the
password as it is required
to change Locked Access
Level, Read Lock, Write
Security and the ability
to change the Passwords.
Security Setting
Locked State
Current level of security
156
Lock (228)
User (1684)
Admin (1685)
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
----
3023
----
uint
R
ULoC
FCty
Unlock Security Setting Menu
CodE
CodE
pass
PASS
Unlock Security Setting
Customer Specific
Public Key
If Rolling Password is
turned ON, generates a
random number when
power is cycled. If Rolling
Password is OFF, a fixed
number will be displayed.
The Public Key is only
required if the assigned
Password is unknown.
Provide the key to the
OEM or technical support
to gain access.
0
----
----
----
----
----
Unlock Security Setting
Password
Applies if Password Enable is set to ON. Enter
the 4-digit assigned password. If unknown, contact your supervisor, the
OEM or technical support
to gain access.
0
----
----
----
----
----
-1999 to 9999
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 3 4 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
diag
FCty
Diagnostics Menu
pn
Pn
rEv
rEv
s,bld
S.bLd
sn
Sn
datE
dAtE
Diagnostics Menu
Part Number
Display this controller's
part number.
24
----
----
0x65
(101)
1
9
90
1009
int
RWE
Diagnostics Menu
Software Revision
Display this controller's
firmware revision number.
5
----
4
0x65
91
(101)
1 to 5
0x11 (17)
1017
int
R
Diagnostics Menu
Software Build Number
Display the firmware
build number.
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
8
0x65
(101)
1 to 5
5
----
1005
float
R
Diagnostics Menu
Serial Number
Display the serial number.
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
12
0x65
(101)
1
7
----
1032
float
RWE
Diagnostics Menu
Date of Manufacture
Display the date code.
0 to 2,147,483,647
----
14
0x65
(101)
1
8
----
1008
float
RWE
113
113
0
0x65
(101)
1
1
----
1001
signed
32-bit
R
No Dis- Diagnostics Menu
Hardware ID
play
Read the hardware ID.
No Display
Diagnostics Menu
Device Name
Read the device name.
EZ-ZONE RM
----
----
0x65
(101)
1
0x0B
(11)
----
1011
string
R
No Display
Diagnostics Menu
Device Status
Return hardware status
Fail means return to factory.
OK (138)
Fail (32)
----
30
0x65
(101)
1
0x10
(16)
----
1016
uint
R
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 5 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
RM High Density Module • Factory Page
Display
Parameter Name
Description
CIP
Data
Class
Modbus
Pro- Param- Type
Instance
Default Relative
fibus
eter
and
Attribute
Address
Index
ID
Access
hex
**
(dec)
Range
CaL
FCty
Calibration Menu
ЛЏu
Mv
ELi.o
ELi.o
ELi.s
ELi.S
ELo.o
ELo.o
ELo.s
ELo.S
Calibration Menu (1 to 16) -3.4e38 to 3.4e38
Electrical Measurement
Read the raw electrical
value for this input in the
units corresponding to
the Sensor Type (Setup
Page, Analog Input Menu)
setting.
420
[offset
90]
0x68
---(104)
1 to 12
0x15 (21)
4021
float
R
Calibration Menu (1 to 16)
Electrical Input Offset
Change this value to calibrate the low end of the
input range.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
0.0
398
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 12
0xA (10)
----
4010
float
RWES
Calibration Menu (1 to 16)
Electrical Input Slope
Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the input value.
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
1.0
400
[offset
90]
0x68
(104)
1 to 12
0xB (11)
----
4011
float
RWES
-1,999.000 to
9,999.000
0.0
16548
[offset
600]
0x76
(118)
1 to 4
5
----
18005
float
RWES
Calibration Menu (1 to 3
-1,999.000 to
and 7 to 9)
9,999.000
Electrical Output Slope
Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the output value.
1.0
16550
[offset
90]
0x76
(118)
1 to 4
6
----
18006
float
RWES
Calibration Menu (1 to 3
and 7 to 9)
Electrical Output Offset
Change this value to calibrate the low end of the
output range.
** R: Read, W: Write, E: EEPROM, S: User Set
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 3 6 •
C h ap t er 5 Fact o r y P a g e
6
Chapter 6: Features
Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Tuning the PID Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Autotune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Manual Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Calibration Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sensor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sensor Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Set Point Low Limit and High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Range High and Range Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Duplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cool Output Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Control Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Output Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Auto and Manual Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
On-Off Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Proportional (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Single Set Point Ramping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Process and Deviation Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alarm Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Hysteresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
6
Chapter 6: Features
Silencing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Blocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Open Loop Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Password Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
155
156
157
EZ-ZONE Configurator Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Function Block Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Action Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Analog Input Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Compare Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Control Loop Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Counter Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Custom Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Diagnostic Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Global Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Linearization Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Logic Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Math Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Modbus® Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Process Value Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Security Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Timer Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Variable Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 3 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Saving and Restoring Settings Using an RUI
Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important. If
you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into the
controller to return the equipment to operational condition.
After you program the controller and verify proper operation, use Save Settings As Usr.s
(Setup Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of
memory.
Note:
Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.
If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved
values, use Restore Settings From Usr.r (Setup Page, Global Menu) to recall the previously
saved settings. A digital input or the Function Key via the Action Block can also be configured
to restore parameters.
CAUTION:
If an Action is programmed for User Set Restore, the operator may select Factory Restore and
the Digital Input or Function Key may no longer be programmed for User Setting Restore.
Note:
Restoring to factory defaults will overwrite the entirety of the module memory; this would
include any customized assemblies used with any of the available communications protocols.
Note:
Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings.
Tuning the PID Parameters
Autotune
When an autotune is performed on the RMH module, the Set Point is used to calculate the
tuning set point. For example, if the active set point is 200° and autotune Set Point a.tsp
(Operations Page, Loop Menu) is set to 90 percent, the autotune function utilizes 180° for
tuning. Changing the set point after an autotune has been started has no affect on the current tuning process. Set point changes can occur while the control is auto tuning. When the
autotune is initially started it will use the current set point and will disregard all set point
changes until the tuning process is complete. Once complete, the controller will then use the
new set point. This is why it is a good idea to enter the active set point before initiating an
autotune.
Auto tuning calculates the optimum heating and/or cooling PID parameter settings based on
the systems response. Autotuning can be enabled whether or not TRU-TUNE+® is enabled. The
PID settings generated by the autotune will be used until the autotune feature is rerun, the
PID values are manually adjusted or TRU-TUNE+ is enabled.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 3 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Temperature
To initiate an autotune follow the steps below:
1. Using an RUI, from the Home Page, push the up or down keys to enter the desired Set
Point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to
Process Set Point
tune for.
Autotune begins
Autotune complete
2. Navigate to the Operations Page, Loop Menu
(push and hold the up and down arrow for
approximately 3 seconds) and select the
Autotune Set Point a.tsp. The Autotune Set
Autotune Set Point
(90 percent of Process Set Point)
Point is expressed as a percent of the Closed
Loop Set Point.
3.Set Autotune Request AUt to yEs. If the
autotune cannot be completed in 60 minutes,
the autotune will time-out and the original
settings will take effect.
Time
Once started, the lower RUI display will flash between (tUn1 to tU16) and the set point while
the autotuning is underway. The temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five times to
complete the autotuning process. Once complete, the controller controls at the normal set
point, using the new parameters.
If you need to adjust the tuning procedures aggressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness tagr
(Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped Undr to bring the process value to the set
point quickly. Select over damped ovEr to bring the process value to the set point with minimal overshoot. Select critical damped Crit to balance a rapid response with minimal overshoot.
Manual Tuning
In some applications, the autotune process may not provide PID parameters for the process
characteristics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to tune the controller manually.
To tune the controller manually follow these steps:
1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set point typically used in your process.
2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set Heat Proportional Band h.pb and/or Cool
Proportional Band C.pb to 5. Set Time Integral ti to 0. Set Time Derivative td to 0.
3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat
Proportional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3 to 5° increments until it stabilizes,
allowing time for the system to settle between adjustments.
4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat Power h.pb or Cool Power C.pb (Operations Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At this point, the process temperature
should also be stable, but it will have stabilized before reaching the set point. The difference between the set point and actual process value can be eliminated with Integral.
5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow 10 minutes for the process temperature to
reach the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by half and wait another 10 minutes.
Continue reducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until the process value equals the
set point. If the process becomes unstable, the Integral value is too small. Increase the
value until the process stabilizes.
6. Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s approach to the set point. If the process value overshoots the set point, increase
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 4 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Derivative to 0.2. Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch the approach to the
new set point. If you increase Derivative too much, the approach to the set point will be
very sluggish. Repeat as necessary until the system rises to the new set point without
overshoot or sluggishness.
For additional information about autotune and PID control, see related features in this chapter.
Autotuning with TRU‑TUNE+®
The TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm will optimize the controller's PID values to improve control of dynamic processes. TRU-TUNE+ monitors the Process Value and adjusts the control parameters automatically to keep your process at set point during set point and load changes.
When the controller is in the adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate output
signal and, over time, adjusts control parameters to optimize responsiveness and stability. The
TRU-TUNE+ feature does not function for on-off control.
The preferred and quickest method for tuning a loop is to establish initial control settings and
continue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings.
Setting a controller's control mode to tune starts this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning
in this chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, rough settings for the PID parameters.
Then the loop automatically switches to the adaptive mode which fine tunes the PID parameters.
Once the Process Value has been at set point for a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a
fast process to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no further tuning of the PID parameters is desired or needed, TRU‑TUNE+ may be turned off. However, keeping the controller in the adaptive mode allows it to automatically adjust to load changes and compensate for
differing control characteristics at various set points for processes that are not entirely linear.
Once the PID parameters have been set by the TRU‑TUNE+ adaptive algorithm, the process, if
shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the adaptive control mode.
Turn TRU‑TUNE+ on or off with TRU‑TUNE+ Enable t.tUn (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Use TRU‑TUNE+ Band t.bnd (Setup Page, Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the set
point in which adaptive tuning will be active. Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely event
that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set point with TRU‑TUNE+ Band set to auto (0).
This may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set TRU‑TUNE+ Band to a large value,
such as 100.
Use TRU‑TUNE+ Gain t.g (Setup Page, Loop Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adaptive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1, with the most aggressive response and most
potential overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least aggressive response and least potential
for overshoot (lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended for loops with thermocouple feedback and moderate response and overshoot potential.
To initiate an autotune using TRU-TUNE+ follow the steps below:
1. Enter the desired set point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set
points that you want to tune for.
4. Enable TRU-TUNE+.
5. Initiate an autotune. (See Autotune above)
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 4 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters should provide good control. As long as the
loop is in the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ continuously tunes to provide the best possible PID control for the process.
WARNING! ç
During autotuning, the controller sets the output to 100 percent and attempts to drive
the Process Value toward the set point. Enter a set point and heat and cool power limits
that are within the safe operating limits of your system.
Inputs
Calibration Offset
Calibration offset allows a device to compensate for an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or
other factors that affect the input value. A positive offset increases the input value, and a
negative offset decreases the input value.
The input offset value can be viewed or changed with Calibration Offset i . Ca (Operations
Page, Analog Input Menu).
Calibration
Before performing any calibration procedure, verify that the displayed readings are not within
published specifications by inputting a known value from a precision source to the analog input. Next, subtract the displayed value with the known value and compare this difference to
the published accuracy range specification for that type of input.
Use of the Calibration Offset i . Ca parameter found in the Operations Page o pEr, Analog Input Menu ai shifts the readings across the entire displayed range by the offset value. Use this
parameter to compensate for sensor error or sensor placement error. Typically this value is set
to zero.
Negative Calibration Offset will
compensate for the difference
between the Sensor Reading and
the Actual Temperature
Temperature
Temperature Reading
from Sensor
Actual Process Temperature
Time
Equipment required while performing calibration:
Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts, milliamperes or resistance depending on the
sensor type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect the precision source to the controller’s input. Keep leads between the precision source and controller as short as possible to
minimize error. In addition, a precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to 4 decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter to the
precision source to verify accuracy.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 4 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the recommended values, but it IS critical that
the actual value of the signal connected to the controller be accurately known to at least four
digits.
Note:
If using Composer software, all steps to perform calibration are contained with dialog
boxes once initiated. Those steps can also be found below if done manually.
Calibration of Analog Inputs:
To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide a source of two electrical signals or resistance values near the extremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize. See recommended values below:
Sensor Type
thermocouple
millivolts
volts
milliamps
100 Ω RTD
1,000 Ω RTD
Thermistor 5K
Thermistor 10K
Thermistor 20K
Thermistor 40K
Low Source
0.000 mV
0.000 mV
0.000V
0.000 mA
50.00 Ω
500.00 Ω
50.00 Ω
50.00 Ω
50.00 Ω
50.00 Ω
High Source
50.000 mV
50.000 mV
10.000V
20.000 mA
350.00 Ω
3,500.00 Ω
5000.00 Ω
10000.00 Ω
20000.00 Ω
40000.00 Ω
Note:
The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the calibrator interferences with open
thermocouple detection, set Sensor Type sEn in Setup Page sEt, Analog Input Menu ai to
millivolt ЛЏ u instead of Thermocouple tC to avoid interference between the calibrator
and open thermocouple detect circuit for the duration of the calibration process. Be sure
to set sensor type back to the thermocouple type utilized.
1. Disconnect the sensor from the controller.
2. Record the Calibration Offset i . Ca parameter value in the Operations Page o pEr, Analog
Input Menu ai then set value to zero.
3. Wire the precision source to the appropriate controller input terminals to be calibrated.
Do not have any other wires connected to the input terminals. Please refer to the Install
and Wiring section of this manual for the appropriate connections.
4. Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed to the appropriate Sensor Type sEn to
be utilized in the Setup Page sEt, Analog Input Menu ai.
5. Enter Factory Page fCty, Calibration Menu CaL via RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator Software.
6. Select the Calibration CaL input instance to be calibrated. This corresponds to the analog
input to be calibrated.
7. Set Electrical Input Slope ELi . s to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset ELi . o to 0.000 (this
will cancel any prior user calibration values)
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 4 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
8. Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Electrical Measurement value ЛЏ u of controller
via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to as Electrical Measured Low. Record low
value ______________
9. Input a Precision Source High value.
10.Read Electrical Measurement value ЛЏ u of controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will
be referred to as Electrical Measured High. Record high value ______________
11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured
High – Electrical Measured Low) Calculated Slope value ___________
12. Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision Low – (Electrical Input Slope * Measured Low)
Calculated Offset value ___________
13. Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope ELi . s and Electrical Input Offset ELi . o into the
controller.
14.Exit calibration menu.
15. Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibrator to the analog input.
16.Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if required to compensate for sensor error.
Setting Electrical Input Slope ELi . s to 1.000 and Electrical Input Offset ELi . o to 0.000, restores factory calibration as shipped from factory.
Filter Time Constant
Filtering smooths an input signal by applying a first-order filter time constant to the signal.
Filtering the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Filtering the signal may improve the
performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system.
Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time fiL (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example:
With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and
remained at 100, the display will indicate 100 after five time constants of the filter value or 2.5
seconds.
Unfiltered Input Signal
Temperature
Temperature
Filtered Input Signal
Time
Time
Sensor Selection
You need to configure the controller to match the input device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or process transmitter. Select the sensor type with Sensor Type sEn (Setup Page,
Analog Input Menu).
Sensor Backup
The Process Value function can be set for sensor backup which would maintain closed-loop
control after an input failure by switching the control input to another input sensor of choice.
Turn sensor backup on or off via the Setup Page, Process Value Menu. Source Function A must
select a backup sensor from the same module (zone) where Source Function B through D can
select a sensor as the backup from another zone (module).
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 4 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Set Point Low Limit and High Limit
The controller constrains the set point to a value between a minimum and maximum. Set the
set point limits with Minimum L.sp and Maximum h.sp (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Scale High and Scale Low
High Limit of selected functional range
Range High Range (between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low)
Gas Pressure
As shown to the right, there are two sets of
set points, minimum and maximum (closedloop set point) and minimum and maximum
(open-loop set point, manual power).
Maximum
Set Point Range (must be between Range High and Range Low)
Minimum
Range Low Range (between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High)
When an analog input is selected as process
voltage or process current input, you must
Low Limit of selected functional range
choose the value of voltage or current to be
Range Low and Range High
the low and high ends. For example, when using a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value would
be 20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are: 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and
0 to 10V.
You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications. You can reverse
scales from high values to low values for analog input signals that have a reversed action. For
example, if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal.
Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range.
These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not
measurable by the controller. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware.
Select the low and high values with Scale Low s.Lo and Scale High s.hi. Select the displayed
range with Range Low r.Lo and Range High r.hi (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Range High and Range Low
With a process input, you must choose a value to represent the low and high ends of the current or voltage range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s display to be scaled into
the actual working units of measurement. For example, the analog input from a humidity
transmitter could represent 0 to 100 percent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20
mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent 20
mA. The indication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from 0 to
100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA. Select the low and high values with Range Low r.Lo
and Range High r.hi (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 4 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Linearization
Temperature
The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog input.
There are 10 data points used to compensate for differences between the sensor value read
(input point) and the desired value (output
Input Point 10
point). Multiple data points enable compensa9
Reading from Sensor
8
Output Point 10
without Linearization
tion for non-linear differences between the
67
5
(Actual Value)
4
sensor readings and target process values over
3
Offset Zone
the thermal or process system operating
2
Input Point 1
range. Sensor reading differences can be
caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an inReading from Sensor
with Linearization
accurate sensor or lead resistance.
(Displayed Value)
No Offset
Output Point 1
The user specifies the unit of measurement
and then each data point by entering an input
Time
point value and a corresponding output point
value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linerization
function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.
Outputs
Duplex
Certain systems require that a single process output control both heating and cooling outputs.
An EZ-ZONE® RMH controller with a process output can function as two separate outputs.
With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will operate from 12 to 20mA (0 to +100 percent)
and the cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA (0 to -100 percent). In some cases this
type of output is required by the device that the EZ-ZONE RMH controls, such as a three-way
valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal and opens the other way with a 4 to 12mA
signal. This feature reduces the overall system cost by using a single output to act as two outputs.
Outputs 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 (depending on ordering options) can be ordered as process outputs.
Select Power PФІ r as the Output Function fn (Setup Page, Output Menu). For this example,
set the Type o . ty to milliamps ЛЏA. Range Low r. Lo to -100.00, Range High r. hi to +100.00,
Scale Low S. Lo to 4mA and Scale High S. hi to 20.00 mA.
Cool Output Curve
ne
• 1 4 6 •
1
e
rv
e
rv
Cu
20
2
Cu
40
0
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Linear
ar
60
Li
Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Output Curve
C. Lr (Setup Menu, Loop Menu).
Actual Output Power
A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device
is nonlinear. If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a PID calculation yields a lower
100
actual output level than a linear output would provide. These
output curves are used in plastics extruder applications:
80
curve 1 for oil-cooled extruders and curve 2 for water-cooled
extruders.
PID Calculation
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point
Output Scale
The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the
set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller
or as an input for a chart recorder documenting
Retransmit
Range High
system performance over time.
In choosing the type of retransmit signal the
operator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to
and the required signal type, either voltage or
milliamperes.
Typically, applications might use the retransmit Range Low Scale Low
Scale High
Retransmit Source
option to record one of the variables with a
chart recorder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi-zone application.
Outputs 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 can be ordered as process outputs. Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value.
Note:
The active set point is not retransmitted, only the user requested closed loop set point
which may not be the closed loop set point in control. Retransmitting a profiling closed
loop set point is not allowed.
Control Methods
Output Configuration
Each controller output can be configured as a heat output, a cool output, an alarm output or
deactivated. No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations. The
outputs can be configured in any combination. For instance, all three could be set to cool.
Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Operations parameters to determine the output
value. All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value. Heat and cool each have their
own set of control parameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat control parameters
and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters. Each alarm output has its
own set of configuration parameters and set points, allowing independent operation.
Auto and Manual Control
The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto mode (closed loop) and manual (open
loop) mode. Auto mode allows the controller to decide whether to perform closed-loop control or to follow the settings of Input Error Power faiL (Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual
mode only allows open-loop control. The RMH controller is normally used in the auto mode.
The manual mode is usually only used for specialty applications or for troubleshooting.
Manual mode is open-loop control that allows the user to directly set the power level to the
controller’s output load. No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or set point in this mode.
In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to determine if closed-loop control is possible.
The controller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input signal.
If a valid input signal is present, the controller will perform closed-loop control. Closed-loop
control uses a process sensor to determine the difference between the process value and the
set point. Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce that difference.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 4 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Temperature
If a valid input signal is not present, the controller will indicate an input error message in the
upper display and a ttn in the lower display and respond to the failure according to the setting of Input Error Power faiL. You can conBumpless Transfer
figure the controller to perform a “bumpless”
transfer bpLs, switch power to output a
Actual Temperature
Set Point
preset fixed level ЛЏ a n, or turn the output
Sensor
Break
power off.
Output Power
Power
Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to 100%
transfer to the manual mode using the last
power value calculated in the auto mode if 40%
the process had stabilized at a ±5 percent
0%
output power level for the time interval of
Time Integral (Operations Page, Loop) prior
to sensor failure, and that power level is less than 75 percent.
2 minutes
Time
Locks in
Output
Power
Input Error Latching i . Er (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu) determines the controller’s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller. If latching is on, then the controller
will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared. To clear a latched alarm,
press the Advance Key ‰ then the Up Key ¿. If latching is off, the controller will automatically clear the input error and return to reading the temperature. If the controller was in the
auto mode when the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop control. If the controller
was in manual mode when the error occurred, the controller will remain in open-loop control.
The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when the controller is operating in manual mode.
You can easily switch between modes if the Control Mode C. ЛЏ parameter is selected to appear in the Home Page.
To transfer to manual mode from auto mode, press the Advance Key ‰ until C. ЛЏ appears in
the lower display. The upper display will display aUto for auto mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down
¯ keys to select ЛЏ a n. The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual operation.
To transfer to auto mode from manual mode, press the Advance Key ‰ until C. ЛЏ appears in
the lower display. The upper display will display ЛЏ a n for manual mode. Use the Up ¿ or
Down ¯ keys to select aUto. The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last
automatic operation.
Changes take effect after three seconds or immediately upon pressing either the Advance Key
‰ or the Infinity Key ˆ.
On-Off Control
On-off control switches the output either full on or full off, depending on the input, set point
and hysteresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must deviate from the set point to turn on the output. Increasing the value decreases the number of
times the output will cycle. Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With hysteresis set
to 0, the process value would stay closer to the set point, but the output would switch on and
off more frequently, and may result in the output “chattering.” On-off control can be selected
with Heat Algorithm h . ag or Cool Algorithm C. ag (Setup Page, Loop Menu). On-off hysteresis
can be set with Heat Hysteresis h . hy or Cool Hysteresis C. hy (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Note:
Input Error Power Mode faiL does not function in on-off control mode. The output goes
off.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 4 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
On/Off System Cycles
On/Off System Cycles
The cooling action
switches
on at startup.
Temperature
Temperature
The heating action switches off when the process
temperature rises above the set point.
Set Point
Hysteresis
Process Temperature
The heating action switches on when the process temperature
drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.
The heating action
switches on at startup.
The cooling action switches on
when the process temperature
rises above the set point plus the
Process Temperature
Set Point
Hysteresis
The cooling action switches off when the process
temperature drops below the set point.
Time
Time
Proportional (P) Control
Some processes need to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than
on-off control can provide. Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band. When the value is
in the band, the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to the
set point. The closer the process value is to the set point, the lower the output power. This
is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign. It keeps the
temperature or process value from swinging as widely as it would with simple on-off control.
However, when the system settles down, the temperature or process value tends to “droop”
short of the set point.
With proportional control the output power level equals (set point minus process value) divided by the proportional band value.
Proportional Control
Set Point
Temperature
In an application with one output assigned to
heating and another assigned to cooling, each
will have a separate proportional parameter. The
heating parameter takes effect when the process
temperature is lower than the set point, and the
cooling parameter takes effect when the process
temperature is higher than the set point. Adjust
the proportional band with Heat Proportional
Band h . pb or Cool Proportional Band C. pb (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Overshoot
Proportional Band
Droop
Time
Proportional and Integral (PI) Control
The droop caused by proportional control can be corrected by adding integral (reset) control.
When the system settles down, the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or process value closer to the set point. Integral determines the speed of the correction, but this
may increase the overshoot at startup or when the set point is changed. Too much integral
action will make the system unstable. Integral is cleared when the process value is outside of
the proportional band.
Adjust the integral with Time Integral ti (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 4 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control
Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the overshoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative
(rate) adjusts the output based on the rate of change in the temperature or process value.
Too much derivative (rate) will make the system sluggish.
Derivative action is active only when the process value is within twice the proportional value
from the set point. Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative td (Operations Page, Loop
Menu).
PID Control
Set Point
Reduced Overshoot
Temperature
Proportional Band
Proportional Band x 2
Heating Slows
Time
Dead Band
In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application’s
energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within acceptable ranges.
Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band. Integral action
continues to bring the process temperature to the set point.
Using a positive dead band value keeps the two systems from fighting each other.
Positive Dead Band
Temperature
Cool Output Active
Set Point
Heat Output Active
Time
When the dead band value is zero, the heating output activates when the temperature drops
below the set point, and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the
set point.
Temperature
Zero Dead Band
Set Point
Cool Output Active
Heat Output Active
Time
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 5 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
When the dead band value is a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active
when the temperature is near the set point.
Temperature
Negative Dead Band
Cool Output Active
Set Point
Heat Output Active
Time
Adjust the dead band with Dead Band d b (Operations Page, Loop Menu).
Variable Time Base
Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very
short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching
does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater.
With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%,
the output is distributed at a minimum of three ac line cycles. For each grouping of ac line
cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle
time since the decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a
zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at
the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI).
Variable time base should be used with solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller. Do not use a variable time base
output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads
or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.
The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control.
Select the AC Line Frequency aCLf (Setup Page, Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.
50 percent output
100 percent output
3 ON, 3 OFF
10 ON, 0 OFF
66 percent output
6 ON, 3 OFF
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Single Set Point Ramping
Ramping protects materials and systems that cannot tolerate rapid temperature changes. The
value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change.
Select Ramp Action rp (Setup Page, Loop Menu):
o ff ramping not active.
str ramp at startup.
stpt ramp at a set point change.
b o th ramp at startup or when the set point changes.
Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale r. s C.
Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate r. rt (Setup Page, Loop Menu).
Heating System with Ramping
Set Point
Temperature
Temperature
Heating System without Ramping
Set Point
degrees
per minute
Temperature reaches Set Point quickly
Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate
Time
Time
Alarms
Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined
range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and
whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over. Configure alarm outputs
in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have to be assigned to an
output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.
Process and Deviation Alarms
A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition.
A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the control set
point. High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values
from the control set point. If the set point changes, the window defined by the alarm set
points automatically moves with it. Select the Type a.ty via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
Alarm Set Points
The high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side
alarm. The low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point. View or change alarm set points
with Alarm Low a.Lo and High Set Points a.hi (Operations Page, Alarm Menu).
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 5 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Hysteresis
An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or low set point.
Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the
alarm can be cleared. Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by
adding the hysteresis value to the low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the
high set point. View or change Hysteresis a.hy via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
High Side Alarm Range
High Set Point
Temperature
Hysteresis
Normal Operating Range
Hysteresis
Low Side Alarm Range
Low Set Point
Time
Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis
Latching
A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user and only when the alarm condition no longer exists.
If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle
between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and attn in the
lower display.
To clear a latched alarm:
1. Push the Advance Key ‰ to display ignr in the upper display and the message source in
the lower display.
2. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear CLr or
Silence SiL.
3. Push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.
Without an RUI, a latched alarm can be reset by cycling power to the module or configuring
an Action function within the control to perform a reset. Do this by setting the Action Function to alarm and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A. An alarm that is not
latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed. Turn
Latching a.La on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
Alarm Response with Hysteresis
The alarm state begins when the temperature
reaches the High Set Point
High Set
Point
Temperature
Hysteresis
Normal Operating Range
Process
Temperature
The alarm state continues until the
temperature drops to the High Set
Point minus the hysteresis. A
latching alarm could be turned off by
the operator at this point. A
non-latching alarm would turn off
automatically.
Low Set
Point
Time
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Silencing
If silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm
state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the
hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again.
If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle
between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and attn in the
lower display.
To silence an alarm:
1. Push the Advance Key ‰ to display ignr in the upper display and the message source in
the lower display.
2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear CLr or
Silence siL.
3. Push the Advance ‰ or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.
Without an RUI, silencing aa alarm can be accomplished by configuring an Action function
within the control to silence the alarm. Do this by setting the Action Function to Silence and
trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A. Turn Silencing a.si on or off via the
Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
Blocking
Blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With blocking on, an alarm
is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the low set point or higher than the high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range
beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function.
If the RMH module has an output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is
blocked when the set point is changed, until the process value re-enters the normal operating
range. Turn Blocking a.bL on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.
Note:
If using current as the alarm source, see the application note below under "Current Sensing".
Open Loop Detection
When Open Loop Detection is enabled L. dE, the controller will look for the power output to
be at 100%. Once there, the control will then begin to monitor the Open Loop Detect Deviation L. dd as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect Time L. d t. If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error will be triggered. Once the Open Loop Error condition exists the control mode will go off.
Note:
All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 5 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Using Password Security
It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security when using an RUI with any of
the RM modules where a limited number of menus are visible while also not providing access
to others without a security password. . Without the appropriate password those menus will
remain inaccessible. If Password Enabled pas . E in the Factory Page under the LoC Menu is
set to on, an overriding Password Security will be in effect. When in effect, the only Pages
that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level LoC. L
prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the
Read Lockout Security rLoC. As an example, with Password Enabled and the Locked Access
Level LoC. L set to 1 and rLoC is set to 3, the available Pages for a User without a password
would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the User password is entered all pages would be accessible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level
3 access.
How to Enable Password Security
Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity ˆ key and the Advance ‰ key for approximately six seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time to get to the LoC menu.
Again push the Advance ‰ key until the Password Enabled pas . E prompt is visible. Lastly,
push either the up or down key to turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear:
1. LoC. L, Locked Access Level (1 to 5) corresponding to the lockout table above.
2. roLL, Rolling Password will change the Customer Code every time power is cycled.
3. pas . u, User Password which is needed for a User to acquire access to the control.
4. pas . a, Administrator Password which is needed to acquire administrative access to the
control.
The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave
them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to
anyone other than the Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the
User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level
of access to the control. Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity ˆ key. Once out of the
menu, the Password Security will be enabled.
How to Acquire Access to the Control
To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the
ULoC menu. Once there follow the steps below:
Note:
If Password Security (Password Enabled pas.E is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below in the first step will not be visible. If unknown, call the individual or company that originally setup the control.
1. Acquire either the User Password pas . u or the Administrator Password pas . a.
2. Push the Advance ‰ key one time where the Code Co dE prompt will be visible.
Note:
a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Advance key one more time where the Password pass prompt will be displayed. Proceed to either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up
¿ or Down ¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Administrator Password. Once entered,
push and hold the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds to return to the Home Page.
b. If the Rolling Password roLL was turned on proceed on through steps 3 - 9.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
3. Assuming the Code Co dE prompt (Public Key) is still visible on the face of the control
simply push the Advance key ‰ to proceed to the Password pass prompt. If not find
your way back to the Factory Page as described above.
4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b) for either the User or Administrator.
5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper display play by using the Up ¿ and Down
¯ arrow keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator Software.
6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds.
Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:
Passwords equal:
7.User
a. If Rolling Password roLL is Off, Password pass equals User Password pas . u.
b. If Rolling Password roLL is On, Password pass equals: (pas . u x code) Mod 929 + 70
8. Administrator
a. If Rolling Password roLL is Off, Password pass equals Administrator Password
pas . a.
b. If Rolling Password roLL is On, Password pass equals: (pas . a x code) Mod 997 +
1000
Differences Between a User Without Password, User With Password and Administrator
-User without a password is restricted by the Locked Access Level LoC. L.
- A User with a password is restricted by the Read Lockout Security rLoC never having access to the Lock Menu LoC.
- An Administrator is restricted according to the Read Lockout Security rLoC however, the
Administrator has access to the Lock Menu where the Read Lockout can be changed.
Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks
When using the Modbus protocol, the RM features a block of addresses that can be configured
by the user to provide direct access to a list of 80 user configured parameters. This allows the
user easy access to this customized list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block of
registers.
To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual (See Appendix: (Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks) please read through the text below which defines
the column headers used.
Assembly Definition Addresses
- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter that will be stored in the "Working Addresses", which may also be referred to as a pointer. The value stored in these addresses will
reflect (point to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the controller.
Assembly Working Addresses
- Fixed addresses directly related to their associated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (e.g.,
Assembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will assume the parameter pointed to by Assembly
Definition Addresses 40 & 41).
When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an "Assembly Definition Address"
its corresponding working address will return that parameter’s actual value. If it’s a writable
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 5 6 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
parameter, writing to its working register will change the parameter’s actual value.
As an example, Modbus register 380 contains the Analog Input 1 Value (See Operations Page,
Analog Input Menu). If the value 380 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 91, the process
value sensed by analog input 1 will also be stored in Modbus registers 250 and 251. Note that
by default all registers are set to Hardware ID.
The table (See Appendix: Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks) identified as "Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" reflects the assemblies and their associated
addresses.
Software Configuration
To enable a user to configure the RM module using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has
provided two different programs free of charge for your use.
•EZ-ZONE Configurator (text based), originally released with the EZ-ZONE family of con
trols.
•Composer (graphic based), released September 2014.
Note:
RM modules must have firmware revision 9.0 and above to be used with Composer software.
Both programs can be acquired directly from the DVD (Controller Support Tools) which
shipped with the controller. Insert the DVD into your DVD drive and select and install the
preferred software. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document electronically and have
a connection to the internet, simply click on the link below and type either Configurator
or Composer into the Keyword field and then click Search to download the software free of
charge. http://www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm
EZ-ZONE Configurator Software
Installing the Software
To install the software:
1. Double-click the filename " EZCv6.exe.
2. After reading the license agreement click the I accept the terms in the License Agreement radio button and then click on the Next button to proceed.
3. Once the installation is complete, click the Finish button.
Starting EZ-ZONE Configurator software:
1. Double-click the EZ-ZONE Configurator icon on the desktop.
Or
2. On the task bar, click Start and type ez-zone configurator.exe in the search box and then
press Enter.
3. Once the executable is found double-click the file to run.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
The first screen that will appear is shown below.
If the PC is already physically connected to the RMH module click the next button to go online.
Note:
When establishing communications from PC to the RMH module an interface converter
will be required. The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs today
would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped with
EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.
As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of
downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration
off-line to download later. The screen shots that follow will take the user on-line. After clicking the next button above, it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to
use.
The available options allow the user to click on a drop down box to select a specific known
communications port. Clicking on the Advanced button allows the user to define the number
of EZ-ZONE devices to look for on the network. After clicking the Next button above, the software will then begin scanning for devices on the network as the screen shot below displays.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 5 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as
shown below.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 5 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Using EZ-ZONE Configurator Software
In the screen shot above the RMH is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the module
in focus. Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the module of choice
simply click the next button once again. The screen below will appear next.
In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top
of the page (yellow highlight added for emphasis). When multiple EZ-ZONE devices are on the
network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid
making unwanted configuration changes to another module.
Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter Menus) notice that it displays all of the
available menus and associated parameters within this module. The menu structure as laid out
within this software follows:
-- Setup
-- Operations
-- Factory
Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar
up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. As an alternative, clicking on the
negative symbol next to Setup will collapse the Setup Menu where the Operations Menu will
appear next and perhaps deliver more clarity for the area of focus by not displaying unwanted menus and parameters. Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter (single click
of mouse) as is the case for Digital I/O 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to
that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column
simply mean that this does not apply for the type of device selected. As an example, notice
that when Input Voltage is selected, everything related to the output does not apply and is
therefore grayed out. To speed up the process of configuration notice that at the bottom of
the center column there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1, 2 and 3 are the same
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 6 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
type of sensor click on "Copy Settings" where a copy from/to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings. Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in
the center column that context sensitive help will appear for that particular item in the right
hand column. Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the "Finish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.
Although the RMH module now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process
is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone
inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure out
what was changed. Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local
hard drive. After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again. The screen below
will than appear.
When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed (Saved in) and
enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved files follows:
\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-ZONE CONFIGURATOR\Saved Configurations The user can save the
file to any folder of choice.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 6 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Function Block Descriptions
Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RMH function blocks. Note that
as you view each, you will find text that is black and text that appears gray. The gray text
represents inputs that are not currently available based on the functions defined use (red
text). For instance, when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD, TC Linearization will appear gray. Ranges specified are in units or degrees F, if expressed in degrees
C, the range will be smaller.
Action Function
The Action Function will cause the action selected to occur with in the module where the action function resides when Source Function A = ON and Active Level = High. Based on a given
input (Digital I/O, Event output, Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other
functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.
Note:
Action Function selection is module type and part number dependant.
Ac Func
tio tio A
n F n cti
un Inst ve
cti an Le
on ce vel
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Event Status
Action - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
Act
SEt
Action Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
Action Function [10003] : None, User Set Restore, Alarm,
Silence Alarms, Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm
State, Force Alarm to Occur, Idle Set Point, Tune, Manual,
Switch Control Loop Off, Remote Set Point, TRU-TUNE+ Disable
Fi
SFn.A
Function Instance [10004] : 0 to 25
Si.A
S2.A
LEu
Source Instance A [10002] : 1 to 250
Source Function A [10006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,
Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit,
Logic, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone A [10007] : 0 to 24
Active Level [10001] : High, Low
Act Action Menu
oPEr Operations Page
E.iS
Event Status [10005] : On, Off
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 6 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Alarm Function
Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined
range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and
whether it turns off auto­matically when the alarm condition is over.
Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points. Alarms do not have
to be assigned to an output. Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel
or by using software.
Sil
Lo Hig
e C
w hS
ntr Hy
Se e Latc Blo Sile D Dela nce lear
o st
Typ l Loo eres Log Sid t Poi t Poi hing ckin ncing ispla y Tim Alarm Alar
g
m
y e
e p is ic es nt nt
Co
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Source
Source Instance
Source Zone
Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Alarm Working Set Point
Control Loop - Set Point
Alarm - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
ALЛЏ
SEt
Output Value
Alarm Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
A.ty
Sr.A
Type [9015] : Off, Deviation, Process
iS.A
S2.A
LooP
A.hy
A.Lg
A.Sd
A.Lo
A.hi
LAt
A.bL
A.Si
A.dSP
A.dL
A.CLr
A.Sir
A.St
Alarm Source Instance [9018] : 1 to 250
Alarm Source [9017] : None, Analog Input,
Current, Power, Linearization, Math,
Process Value, Variable, Current Read, Wattage,
Load Voltage, Load Load Resistance
Alarm Source Zone [9025] : 0 to 24
Control Loop [9023] : 1 to 250
Hysteresis [9003] : 0.001 to 9,999.000
Logic [9005] : Close on Alarm, Open on Alarm
Sides [9004] : Both, High, Low
Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
High Set Point [9001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Latching [9007] : Non-Latching, Latching
Blocking [9008] : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both
Silencing [9006] : Off, On
Display [9016] : Off, On
Delay Time [9021] : 0 to 9,999 seconds
Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear
Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms
Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,
Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error
ALЛЏ
oPEr
A.Lo
A.hi
A.CLr
A.Sir
A.St
Alarm Menu
Operations Page
Low Set Point [9002] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
High Set Point [9001]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Clear Alarm [9026] : Ignore, Clear
Silence Alarm [9027] : Ignore, Silence Alarms
Alarm State [9009] : Startup, None, Blocked,
Alarm Low, Alarm High, Error
Alarm Latched [9010] : No, Yes
Alarm Silenced [9011] : No, Yes
Alarm Clearable [9013] : No, Yes
Alarm Working Process Value [9019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Alarm Working Set Point [9020]: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Value [9024] : On, Off
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 6 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Alarm (cont.)
S
Lo Hig
D ile C
w
ntr Hy
Set h Set Latc Blo Sile D elay nce lear
ol ste
c
i
n
Typ Loo res Log Sid Poi Poin hing kin cin spla Tim Alar Alar
g
g
y e m m
e p is ic es nt
t
Co
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Source
Source Instance
Source Zone
Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
IF Type = Off THEN
Output Value = OFF
Alarm State = None
Alarm Indication = None
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Alarm Working Set Point
Alarm - Off
Output Value
When function = Off THEN
Output Value = OFF
Alarm State = None
Alarm Indication = None
Lo Hig
Sil
C
w h
ntr Hy
Set Se Lat Blo Sile D Dela ence lear
ol ste
t
c
c
Typ Loo res Log Sid Poin Poin hing king ncin ispla y Tim Alar Alar
g
y e m m
e p is ic es
t
t
Co
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Source
Source Instance
Source Zone
Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
IF Alarm Type = Process THEN
Output Value changes state when
Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set
Points.
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Alarm Working Set Point
Alarm - Process
Output Value
When function = Process THEN
Output Value = True when <= Low Set Point or >= High Set
Point
Sil
Lo Hig
e C
w hS
ntr Hy
Se e Latc Blo Sile D Dela nce lear
o st
Typ l Loo eres Log Sid t Poi t Poi hing ckin ncing ispla y Tim Alarm Alar
g
m
y e
e p is ic es nt nt
Co
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Alarm
Source
Source Instance
Source Zone
Source Error
Alarm State
Alarm Latched
Alarm Silenced
Alarm Clearable
Alarm Working Process Value
Control Loop - Set Point
IF Type = Deviation THEN
Output Value changes state when Control
Loop Source value exceeds the sum of
Closed Loop Set Point plus Alarm Set
Points . The Control Loop parameter
defines which loop to obtain the closed
loop set point value.
Alarm Working Set Point
Alarm - Deviation
Output Value
When function = Deviation THEN
Output Value = True when Alarm Source - Closed Loop Set
Point <= Low Set Point or Alarm Source + Closed High Set
Point >= High Set Point
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 6 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Analog Input Function
Note:
This function configures and connects physical inputs to internal functions. Configure the
sensor type to match what is connected. For process inputs such as potentiometer, voltage, or milliampere, set the electrical span using scale low/high and engineering representation range using range low/high. Apply the corresponding units of measure.
Th Th Th
P
erm er er
Inp
C
Pro roces
m m
ut Di Cal lear
ce s E The Re isto isto isto
TC
Err spl ibr La
s
r
s
r
ror m sista r Co r Co r Co
a
E
o
Sen Line
R
y
r
r L P atio tch
Sca Sca Ran ang ror Low isto nce effi effi effi
Re
sor ariz
at re n
r
l
c
g
Typ atio Uni le Lo e Hig e Lo e Hig Enab Valu Curv Rang ient cient cient Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
e n ts w h w h le e e e A
B C r
Analog Input
Analog Input - Overview
Analog Input Value
Instances - RMH = 4, 8, 12 or 16
Ai
SEt
Input Error
Analog Input Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
SEn
Sensor Type [4005] : Off, Thermocouple, Millivolts, Volts,
Milliamps, RTD 100 Ohm, RTD 1000 Ohm, 1K Potentiometer,
Thermistor (optional)
Lin
TC Linearization [4006] : B, C, D, E, F, J, K, N, R, S, T
Unit
Units [4042] : Absolute Temperature, Power, Process,
Relative Humidity
Scale Low [4015] : -100.00 to 1000.00
S.Lo
S.hi
r.Lo
r.hi
P.EE
P.EL
t.C
Co.A
Co.b
Co.C
r.r
FiL
i.Er
dEC
i.CA
Ain
i.Er
Scale High [4016] : -100.00 to 1000.00
Range Low [4017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Range High [4018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Process Error Enable [4030] : Off, Low
Process Error Low Value [4031] : -100.00 to 1,000.00
Thermistor Curve [4038] : Curve A, Curve B, Curve C, Custom
Thermistor Coefficient A [4039] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Thermistor Coefficient B [4040] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Thermistor Coefficient C [4041] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Resistance Range [4037] : 5k, 10k, 20k, 40k
Filter [4014] : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Input Error Latching [4028] : Off, On
Display Precision [4020] : Whole, Tenths, Hundredths,
Thousandths
Calibration Offset [4012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Analog Input Value [4001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Error [4002] : None, Open, Shorted,
Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error,
RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced
Analog Input Menu
Ai
oPEr Operations Page
Ain
i.Er
i.CA
Analog Input Value [4001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Error [4002] : None, Open, Shorted,
Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error,
RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced
Calibration Offset [4012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Clear Latch Request [4029] : Clear, Ignore
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 6 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Analog Input (cont.)
Th Th Th
P
erm er er
Inp
Pro roces
C
m m
ut Di Cal lear
ce s E The Re isto isto isto
TC
Err spl ibr La
ss rro rm sis r C r C r C
L
Err r
tan oe oe oe
a
t
o
a
Sen ine
R
i
y
r
R
S
s
a
L
Sca ca an ng or ow to ce ffi ff ffi
Lat Pre tion ch Re
sor ariz
r
l
c i
Typ atio Uni le Lo e Hig ge Lo e Hig Enab Valu Curv Rang ient cient cient Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
e n ts w h w h le e e e A
B C r
Analog Input
Analog Input Off
Analog Input Value
Input Error
P
Inp
Pro roces
C
ut Di Cal lear
ce s E
TC
Err spl ibr La
ss rro
L
E
or ay ati tch
Sen ine
Sca Sca Ran Rang rror r Low
Lat Pre on
Re
sor ariz
l
Typ atio Uni le Lo e Hig ge Lo e Hig Enab Valu Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
e n ts w h w h le e r
Analog Input
Analog Input Thermocouple
Analog Input Value
Input Error
P
Inp
Pro roces
C
ut Di Cal lear
ce s E
TC
Err spl ibr La
ss rro
L
E
i
or ay ati tch
Sen ne
Sca Sca Ran Rang rror r Low
Lat Pre on
Re
sor ariz
l
Typ atio Uni le Lo e Hig ge Lo e Hig Enab Valu Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
l
t
w
h w h
e n
e e r
s
Analog Input
Analog Input Process or Potentiometer
Analog Input Value
Input Error
Th Th Th
erm er er
Inp
C
m m
ut Di Cal lear
Th Re isto isto isto
Err spl ibr La
erm sis r C r C r C
t
o
a
o
Sen ist an ef oe oe
r L y P atio tch
Re
sor or ce R fici ffic ffic
at re n
Typ Curv ang ent ient ient Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
e e e A
B C r
Analog Input
Analog Input Thermistor
Analog Input Value
Input Error
P
Inp
Pro roces
C
ut Di Cal lear
ce s E
TC
Err spl ibr La
ss rro
Err r
a
t
o
a
Sen Line
R
y
r
R
S
Sca cal an ang or Low
Lat Pre tion ch Re
sor ariz
Typ atio Uni le Lo e Hig ge Lo e Hig Enab Valu Filte chin cisio Offse que
g n t st
e n ts w h w h le e r
Analog Input
Analog Input RTD
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Analog Input Value
Input Error
• 1 6 6 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Compare Function
Use the compare function to compare two analog values (A and B) for a condition such as are
they equal. If the compare condition is met, the output turns on.
The tolerance is expressed in the same units as Source A and Requires Source A and Source B
to be without errors for function to work.
Error [28013] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Err
o
Fu Tole r Han
nc ra
tio nc dling
n
e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare - Overview
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
CPE
SEt
Instances - RMH = 24
Output Value
Error
Compare Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
toL
SFn.A
Si.A
S2.A
SFn.b
Sib
S2.b
Er.h
Function [28009] : Off, Greater Than, Less Than, Equal To,
Not Equal To, Greater or Equal, Less or Equal
Tolerance [28011] : 0.0 to 9,999.000 units or F
Source Function A [28001] : None, Analog Input, Current,
Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process
Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,
Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Source Instance A [28003] : 1 to 250
Source Zone A [28005] : 0 to 24
Source Function B [28002] : None, Analog Input, Current,
Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process
Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage,
Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Source Instance B [28004] : 1 to 250
Source Zone B [28006] : 0 to 24
Error Handling [28012] : False Bad, False Good, True Bad, True Good
CPE Compare Menu
oPEr Operations Page
Su.A
Su.b
o.u
Source Value A [28007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F
Source Value B [28008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F
Output Value [28010] : Off, On
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 6 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Compare (cont.)
Err
or
Fu Tole Han
nc ra
tio nc dling
n e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Err
o
Fu Tol r Ha
nc er
tio an ndlin
n ce
g
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Compare - Off
Compare - Not Equal To
Output Value
Error
No Compare, Output Value = OFF
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Err
T or
nc olera Hand
tio nc lin
n
g
e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Output Value
Error
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Output Value
Error
A>=B, Output Value = ON
Err
o
Fu Tole r Han
nc ra
tio nc dling
n
e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare - Greater or Equal
A>B, Output Value = ON
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Error
Fu
Compare - Greater Than
Source
Source
Source
Source
Output Value
A not equal B, Output Value = ON
Err
or
Fu Tole Han
nc ra dl
tio nc ing
n
e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Err
o
T rH
nc olera and
tio nc lin
g
n
e
Fu
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Compare - Less Than
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare - Less or Equal
Output Value
Error
A<B, Output Value = ON
Output Value
Error
A<=B, Output Value = ON
Err
o
Fu Tole r Han
nc ra
tio nc dling
n
e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Compare - Equal To
Output Value
Error
A=B, Output Value = ON
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 6 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Control Loop Function
O
Op O pen
Lo
Au
Min Ma
He On Co O
op
en pe Lo
Re
x
t
at /O ol n/O
mo
Err
Lo n L op
Au
Min Ma imum imum R
Co TRU TR T otune
Pro ff Pr ff
I
op oo De
Re te
np
o
tot
xim
e
o
T
A
i
He Co ol O -T U- RU A
H
C
p
m
m
m
p
i
u
t
Ma r Cl
Ma Ma o Co un
Idl ort ea or oo Tim me
u
u
at ol ut UN TU -TU ggr Pel ote Set P uto- t Er Fi Dete p De ect Ra R
m
m
t
n
n
Alg Alg pu E+ NE NE ess tie Se oi to- ro xed ct te De mp am Ram Se Se ual ual e Se ntro e Se Aut Se e Se ion t Hy tion l Hy e I De De nual ear R
ori ori t C En + B + G ive r De t P nt T Ma r Po Po En ct T via Ac p S p R t P t P Po Po t P l M t P otu t P t P al B ste al B ste nte riva adb Po equ
thm thm urv ab and ai ne la oin yp nua we we abl im tio tio cal at oin oin we we oin od oin ne oin oin an res an res gra tiv an we es
n ss y
r
t
t
t d is
r
r
t
d is l e d
e le
n e e t
l
t e t
t e
r e e n
r
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Loop Error
Tune Status
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Cool Power
Closed-Loop Set Point
Control - Overview
Manual Power
Instances - RMH = 4, 8, 12 or 16
Process Value Active
Loop Power
LooP
SEt
ЛЏon
oPEr
Loop Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
SFn.A
iS.A
h.Ag
C.Ag
C.Cr
h.Pb
h.hy
C.Pb
C.hy
ti
td
db
t.tUn
t.bnd
t.gn
A.tSP
t.Agr
P.dL
r.En
SFn.b
Si.b
S2.b
r.ty
UFA
FAiL
ЛЏAn
L.dE
L.dt
L.dd
rP
r.SC
r.rt
L.SP
h.SP
C.SP
id.S
SP.Lo
SP.hi
o.SP
C.ЛЏ
Source Function A [8050] :None, Process Value, Analog Input,
Linearization, Math, Variable
Source Instance A [8021] : (not changeable)*
Heat Algorithm [8003] : Off, PID, On/Off
Cool Algorithm [8004] : Off, PID, On/Off
Cool Output Curve [8038] : Off, Non-linear curve 1,
...........Non-linear curve 2
Heat Proportional Band [8009] : 0.001 to 9,999.000
Monitor Menu
Operations Page
iS.A
h.Ag
C.Pr
C.SP
Pu.A
Control Mode Active [8002] : Off, Auto, Manual
Heat Power [8011] : 0.0 to 100.0 %
Cool Power [8014] : 0.0 to 100.0 %
Closed-Loop Set Point [8026] : -1,999.000 to
9,999.000
Process Value Active [8031] : -1,999.000 to
9,999.000
LooP
oPEr
On/Off Heat Hysteresis [8010] : 0.001 to 9,999.000
Loop Menu
Operations Page
Cool Proportional Band [8012] : 0.001 to 9,999.000
On/Off Cool Hysteresis [8013] : 0.001 to 9,999.000
Time Integral [8006] : 0 to 9,999 seconds
Time Derivative [8007] : 0 to 9,999 seconds
Deadband [8008] : -1,000.0 to 1,000.0
TRU-TUNE+ Enable [8022] : No, Yes
TRU-TUNE+ Band [8034] : 0 to 100
TRU-TUNE+ Gain [8035] : 1 to 6
Autotune Set Point [8025] : 50 to 200 %
Autotune Aggressiveness [8024] : Under, Critical, Over
Peltier Delay [8051] : 0.0 to 5.0
Remote Set Point [7021] : No, Yes
Source Function B [7023] : None, Analog Input, Current,
Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process
Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable
Source Instance B [7024] : 1 to 250
Source Zone B [7026] : 0 to 24
Remote Set Point Type [7022] : Auto, Manual
r.En
C.ЛЏ
A.tSP
Aut
C.SP
id.S
h.Pb
h.hy
C.Pb
C.hy
ti
td
db
o.SP
Remote Set Point [7021] : No, Yes
Control Mode [8001] : Off, Auto, Manual
Autotune Set Point [8025] : 50 to 200 %
Autotune [8026] : No, Yes
Set Point [7001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Idle Set Point [7009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Heat Proportional Band [8009] : 0.001 to
9,999.000
On/Off Heat Hysteresis [8010] : 0.001 to
9,999.000
Cool Proportional Band [8012] : 0.001 to
9,999.000
On/Off Cool Hysteresis [8013] : 0.001 to
9,999.000
Time Integral [8006] : 0 to 9,999 seconds
Time Derivative [8007] : 0 to 9,999 seconds
Deadband [8008] : -1,000.000 to 1,000.000
Manual Power [7002] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Auto-to-Manual [7012] : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Fixed Power,
User
Input Error Power [7013] : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Fixed Power,
User
Loop Power [8033] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Fixed Power [7011] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Tune Status [8027] : Off, Cross 1 Positive, Cross 1 Negative,
Cross 2 Positive, Cross 2 Negative, Cross 3 Positive, Cross 3
Negative, Measuring Max, Measuring Min, Calculating,
Complete, Timeout
Open Loop Detect Enable [8039] : No, Yes
Open Loop Detect Time [8040] : 0 to 3,600 seconds
Loop Error [8048]: None, Open Loop, Reversed Sensor
Clear Error [8049] : Ignore, Clear
Open Loop Detect Deviation [8041] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Ramp Action [7014] : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both
Ramp Scale [7015] : Hours, Minutes
Ramp Rate [7017] : 0.000 to 9,999.000
Minimum Set Point [7003] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Maximum Set Point [7004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Set Point [7001] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Idle Set Point [7009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Minimum Manual Power [7005] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Maximum Manual Power [7006] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Manual Power [7002] : -100.0 to 100.0 %
Control Mode [8001] : Off, Auto, Manual
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 6 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Control Loop (cont.)
O
Op O pen
Lo
Au
Min Ma
He On Co On
op
en pe Lo
Re
tot
x
at /O ol /O
mo
Err
n o
L
un
Au
Min Ma imum imum R
I
o
Co TRU T
Pro ff Pro ff
np
op Loo p De
Re te
o
t
x
e
T
o
P
A
H
i
i
C
u
He Co ol O -T RU- TRU e Ag
p
p
m
m
m
m
rof u u Ma Ma o C tun
Ma r Cl
Idl ort eat ort ool Tim ime
at ol ut UN TU -TU gre Pel ote Set P uto- t Err Fi Dete p De tect Ram R
o
m
m
t
i
n
n
am Ram ling Se Se ua ua e S ntr e Se Au Se e Se ion Hy ion Hy e I De De nual ear R
Alg Alg pu E+ NE NE ss tie Se oi to- or xed ct te De
p
ori ori t C En + B + G iven r De t P nt T Ma Po Po En ct T via Act p S p R En t P t P l Po l Po et P ol M t P totu t P t P al B ster al B ster nte riva adb Po equ
thm thm urv ab an ai es la oin yp nua we we abl im tio ion cal at ab oin oin we we oin od oin ne oin oin an es an es gra tiv an we es
y
r
r
t
t
t d is d is
r
r
t
e e le t
e le d n s
l e d
l
t e t
t e
r e e n
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Loop Error
Tune Status
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Cool Power
Closed-Loop Set Point
Control - Off
Manual Power
Process Value Active
Loop Power
If Control Mode = Off : Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = 0%
O
Op O pen
Lo
Au
Min Ma
He On Co On
op
en pe Lo
Re
tot
x
at /O ol /O
mo
Err
n o
L
un
Au
Min Ma imum imum R
o
Co TRU T
Pro ff Pro ff
I
op Loo p De
o
t
x
T
e
o
P
i
i
C
He Co ol O -T RU- TRU e Ag P Remo te Se Aut nput
H
p
i
p
m
m
m
t
r
Ma r Cl
Idl ort ea ort ool Tim me
ofi um um Man Man ot Co un
at ol ut UN TU -TU gre el te t P o- Er Fi Dete p De tect Ra R
t
Alg Alg pu E+ NE NE ssi tie Se oi to- ror xed ct te De mp am Ram ling Se Se ual ual e Se ntro e Se Aut Se e Se ion Hy ion Hys e I Der De nual ear R
ori ori t C En + B + G ven r De t P nt T Ma Po Po En ct T via Ac p S p R En t P t P Po Po t P l M t P otu t P t P al B ste al B ter nte iva adb Po equ
thm thm urv ab an ai es la oin yp nua we we abl im tio tio cal at ab oin oin we we oin od oin ne oin oin an res an es gra tiv an we es
s y
t
r
t
t
t d is d is
r
r
t
e
t
e le d n
r
l e d
l
t e
r e e n n e e le t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Loop Error
Tune Status
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Cool Power
Closed-Loop Set Point
Control - Manual
Manual Power
Process Value Active
Loop Power
If Control Mode = Manual :
Manual Power = user entered value
Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = Manual Power
O
Op O pen
Lo
Au
Min Ma
He On Co On
op
en pe Lo
Re
to
x
at /O ol /O
mo
Err
n o
L
Au
Min Ma imum imum R
o
Pro ff Pro ff
I
Co TRU TR TR tune
Re te
np
op Loo p De
o
tot
xim
T
e
P
A
H
i
C
He Co ol
m
i
p
p
m
u
m
A
U
r
t
Ma r Cl
Idl or ea or oo Tim me
ofi um um Man Man ot Co un
at ol Ou TUN -TU U-TU ggre Pel ote Set P uto- t Er Fix Dete p De ect Ra R
t
t
t
l
e
e
Alg Alg tpu E+ NE NE ss tie Se oi to- ror ed ct te De mp am Ram ling Se Se ual ual e Se ntro Se Aut Se Se ion Hy ion Hys e I Der De nual ear R
ori ori t C En + B + G ive r De t P nt T Ma Po Po En ct T via Ac p S p R En t P t P Po Po t P l M t P otu t P t Po al B ster al B ter nte iva adb Po equ
thm thm ur ab an ai nes la oin yp nua we we abl im tio tio cal at ab oin oin we we oin od oin ne oin in an es an es gra tiv an we es
ve le d n
e d
e t
d is d is
t e
t t
r
t
r
r
t
e e n n e e le t
r
r
s y
l
l
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Loop Error
Tune Status
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Control Mode Active
Heat Power
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Cool Power
Closed-Loop Set Point
Control - Auto
Manual Power
Process Value Active
Loop Power
If Control Mode = Auto :
Set Point = user entered value
Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 7 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Counter Function
Counters increment up or down from a preset value. When the count is equal to the target,
the output value will be active.
•Function selects whether the counter increments or decrements the count value. Decrementing to 0 returns 9,999; incrementing to 9,999 returns 0.
•Source Function A selects which type of function increments the Count.
•Source Instance A and Source Zone A select which source to use.
•Count Active Level selects which state increments the Count.
•Source Function B selects which type of function resets the Count to the Load Value .
•Source Instance B and Source Zone B selects which source to use.
•Reset Active Level selects which state resets the Count.
•Load Value sets the counter's initial value. Count is set to this value each time the controller
is powered up and each time the counter is reset.
•Target Value sets the value at which the output turns on.
•Latching sets the behavior for the output when Count exceeds the Target Value.
•Error [30016] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Co
un Rese
tA tA
Ta
Fu ctive ctive Load rget Lat
nc L
tio ev Lev Valu Valu chin
g
n el el
e e
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Count
Source Value A
Source Value B
Output Value
Counter - Overview
Error
Instances - RMH = 24
Ctr
SEt
Counter Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
SFn.A
Function [30009] : Up, Down
Si.A
S2.A
SAS.A
SFn.b
Source Instance A [30003] : 1 to 250
Si.b
S2.b
SAS.b
LoAd
trgt
LAt
Source Function A [30001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,
Heater Error
Source Zone A [30005] : 0 to 24
Count Active Level [30011] : High, Low, Both
Source Function B [30002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable,
Heater Error
Source Instance B [30004] : 1 to 250
Source Zone B [30006] : 0 to 24
Reset Active Level [30012] : High, Low, Both
Load Value [30013] : 0 to 9,999
Target Value [30014] : 0 to 9,999
Latching [30017] : No, Yes
Ctr Counter Menu
oPEr Operations Page
Cnt
Su.A
Su.b
o.u
Count [30015] : 0 to 9,999
Source Value A [30007] : Off, On
Source Value B [30008] : Off, On
Output Value [30010] : Off, On
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 7 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Custom Function
Use custom menu to set the user defined parameters to display at the Home Page of an RUI/
Gateway.
Par Inst
am anc
ete e I
r D
Custom - Overview
Instances - RMH = 50
CUSt Custom Menu
FAct Factory Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Par
Parameter [14005] : None, Process, Calibration
Offset, Display Units, User Settings Restore,
Alarm Low Set Point, Alarm High Set Point,
Alarm Hysteresis, Set Point, Active Process Value,
Active Set Point, Open-Loop Set Point, Autotune,
Control Mode, Heat Power, Cool Power, Time Integral,
Time Derivative, Dead band, Heat Proportional Band,
Heat Hysteresis, Cool Proportional Band,
Cool Hysteresis, Ramp Rate, TRU-TUNE+ Enable,
Idle Set Point, Custom
Instance ID [14003] : 1 to 16
iid
Diagnostic Function
Part Number
Software Revision
Software Build Number
Serial Number
Date of Manufacture
Hardware ID [1001] : 113 (RMH)
Device Name [1011] : EZ-ZONE RM
Device Status [1016] : OK, Fail
Hardware ID
Diagnostics - Overview
Instances - RMH = 1
Device Status
Device Name
diAg Diagnostics Menu
FAct Factory Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Pn
rEu
S.bLd
Sn
dAtE
Part Number [1009] :
Software Revision [1003] : 9.00, ...
Software Build Number [1005] :
Serial Number [1007] : xxxxxx
Date of Manufacture [1008] : YWW
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 7 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Digital Input/Output Function
The Output Value is determined by Function connection and Direction.
•Error [6015] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail,Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Tim Fix Low High
P
e e
Dir Bas d Tim owe Powe
ec e T e r Sc r S
tio yp Ba
n e se ale cale
Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output State
Digital I/O Value
Error
Digital I/O - Overview
Instances - RMH = 0, 6 or 12
dio
SEt
Digital I/O Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
dir
Fn
Fi
S2.A
o.Ct
o.tb
o.Lo
o.hi
Direction [6001] : Output, Input Voltage, Input Dry Contact
Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Linearization,
Math, Process Value, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer,
Variable
Output Function Instance [6006] : 1 to 24
Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 16
Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base
Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds
Low Power Scale [6009] : 0.0 to 100.0 %
High Power Scale [6010] : 0.0 to 100.0 %
dio Digital I/O Menu
oPEr Operations Page
di.S
do.S
Input State [6011] : On, Off
Output State [6007] : On, Off
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 7 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Digital Input/Output (cont.)
Tim Fix Low High
P
e e
Dir Bas d Tim owe Powe
ec e T e r Sc r S
tio yp Ba
n e se ale cale
Input State
Digital Input Value
Digital I/O Value
Digital I/O as Input
Error
Tim Fixe Low High
e d P P
Dir Bas Tim owe owe
ec e T e B r Sc r Sc
tio yp as al al
n e e e e
Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output State
Digital I/O Value
Digital I/O as Output
Error
Global Function
Re
st
AC
Lin D Sav ore S
Dis e F is e S et
pla re pla et ting
y U que y P ting s F
nit nc lair s A rom
y s
s
s
Global - Overview
Instances - RMH = 1
Output Value
gLbL Global Menu
SEt Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
C_F
AC.Lf
d.PrS
USr.S
USr.r
Display Units [3005] : F, C
AC Line Frequency [1034] : 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Display Pairs [3028] : 1 to 25
Save Settings As [1014] : None, User Set 1
Restore Settings From [1013] : None, User Set 1, Factory
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 7 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Linearization Function
This function will take an analog Source A and re-linearize using a 10-point offset, then add
Offset and produce an Output Value.
•Error [34028]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
O
Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inpu utpu
ut ut ut ut ut ut ut P ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut P ut ut ut t P t Po
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
nct U oi oi oin oin Poi oi oin Poi oi Poi oi oi Poi Poi oin oi Poi oi oin int Of
ion nits nt 1 nt 1 t 2 t 2 nt nt 3 t 4 nt nt 5 nt nt 6 nt 6 nt nt t 8 nt 8 nt nt 9 t 10 10 fset
4
5
3
9
7 7
Fu
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source Value A
Linearization - Overview
Output Value
Instances - RMH = 24
Error
Lnr
SEt
Linearization Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
SFn.A
Function [34005] : Off, Interpolated, Stepped
Si.A
S2.A
Unit
Source Instance A [34002] : 1 to 24
iP.1
oP.1
iP.2
oP.2
iP.3
oP.3
iP.4
oP.4
iP.5
oP.5
iP.6
oP.6
iP.7
oP.7
iP.8
oP.8
iP.9
oP.9
iP.10
iP.10
Source Function A [34001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable
Source Zone A [34003] : 0 to 16
Units [34029] : Source, None, Absolute Temperature,
Relative Temperature, Power, Process, Relative Humidity
Input Point 1 [34008] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 1 [34018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 2 [34009] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 2 [34019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 3 [34010] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 3 [34020] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 4 [34011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 4 [34021] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 5 [34012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 5 [34022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 6 [34013] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 6 [34023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 7 [34014] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 7 [34024] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 8 [34015] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 8 [34025] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 9 [34016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 9 [34026] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Input Point 10 [34017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Point 10 [34027] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Lnr Linearization Menu
oPEr Operations Page
Su.A
oFSt
o.u
Source Value A [34004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Offset [34006] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Value [34007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 7 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Linearization (cont.)
O
Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inpu utpu
ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut t P t P
nct U Po Po Poi Poi Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po oin oin O
ion nit int int nt nt int int int int int int int int int int int int int int t 1 t 1 ffse
1 1 2 2
s
t
3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6
9 9 0 0
7 7 8 8
Fu
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source Value A
Linearization - Off
Output Value
Error
O
Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inp Outp Inpu utpu
ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut ut t P t P
nct U Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi Po Poi Poi Poi Poi Poi oin oin Of
ion nit nt nt nt 2 nt 2 nt 3 nt 3 nt 4 nt 4 nt 5 nt 5 nt 6 nt 6 int nt 7 nt 8 nt 8 nt nt t 10 t 10 fse
9 9
1 1
s
t
7
Fu
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source Value A
Linearization - Interpolated
Output Value
Error
O
Inp Outp Inp Outp In Outp Inp Outp Inp Out Inp Outp In Out Inp Outp In Outp Inpu utpu
ut ut ut ut put ut ut ut ut put ut ut put put ut ut put ut t P t P
nct U Poi Po Poi Poi Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Poi Po Po Po oin oin Of
ion nit nt int nt nt 2 int int int int int int int int int int nt 8 int int int t 1 t 10 fse
t
8
1 2
s 1
5 6 6
3 3 4 4 5
9 9 0
7 7
Fu
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source Value A
Linearization - Stepped
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Output Value
Error
• 1 7 6 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Logic Function
•Error [27036] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Error Handling
Function
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
SFn.A
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Si.A
S2.A
SFn.b
Source Instance A [27009] : 1 to 250
Si.b
S2.b
SFn.C
Source Instance B [27010] : 1 to 250
Si.C
S2.C
SFn.d
Source Instance C [27011] : 1 to 250
Si.d
S2.d
SFn.E
Source Instance D [27012] : 1 to 250
Si.E
S2.E
SFn.F
Source Instance E [27013] : 1 to 250
Si.F
S2.F
SFn.g
Source Instance F [27014] : 1 to 250
Si.g
S2.g
SFn.h
Source Instance G [27015] : 1 to 250
Si.h
S2.h
Er.h
Source Instance H [27016] : 1 to 250
Source Value H
Logic - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
Output Value
Error
LgC
SEt
Logic Menu
Setup Page
Function [27033] : Off, AND, OR, Equal To, NAND, NOR, Not Equal To, Latch,
RS FlipFlop
Source Function A [27001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone A [27017] : 0 to 24
Source Function B [27002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone B [27018] : 0 to 24
Source Function C [27003] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone C [27019] : 0 to 24
Source Function D [27004] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone D [27020] : 0 to 24
Source Function E [27005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone E [27021] : 0 to 24
Source Function F [27006] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone F [27022] : 0 to 24
Source Function G [27007] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone G [27023] : 0 to 250
Source Function H [27008] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Source Zone H [27024] : 0 to 24
Error Handling [27035] : True Good, True Bad, False Good, False Bad
LgC Logic Menu
oPEr Operations Page
Su.A
Su.b
Su.C
Su.d
Su.E
Su.F
Su.g
Su.h
o.u
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Source Value A [27025] : Off, On
Source Value B [27026] : Off, On
Source Value C [27027] : Off, On
Source Value D [27028] : Off, On
Source Value E [27029] : Off, On
Source Value F [27030] : Off, On
Source Value G [27031] : Off, On
Source Value H [27032] : Off, On
Output Value [27034] : Off, On
• 1 7 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Logic (cont.)
Function
Function
Error Handling
Error Handling
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - AND
Output Value
Error
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - NAND
Output Value
Error
A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON
A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON
Function
Function
Error Handling
Error Handling
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - OR
Output Value
Error
A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - NOR
Output Value
Error
A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON
• 1 7 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Logic (cont.)
Function
Function
Error Handling
Error Handling
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - Not Equal
Output Value
Error
If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - Equal
Output Value
Error
If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON
Function
Function
Error Handling
Error Handling
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value G
Source Value H
Logic - Latch
Output Value
Error
Output Value follows A, unless B = ON
Latch Output while B = ON
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module A Sets Output Value ON,
• 1 7 9 •
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - RS Flip Flop
B Resets Output Value OFF
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Logic (cont.)
Function
Error Handling
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source Value G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function F
Instance F
Zone F
Error F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function G
Instance G
Zone G
Error G
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function H
Instance H
Zone H
Error H
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value E
Source Value F
Source Value H
Logic - Off
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Off
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 8 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Math Function
The Math function block accepts multiple inputs and performs a programmed math function
to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some math operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions
may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point
of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the
same as Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by
constants and process inputs. Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.
•Error [25029]: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
nc le
e
tio Lo Hig Unit Lo Hig Uni Uni Filte Offse
w h ts ts r
n w h s
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
Function [25021] : Off, Average, Process Scale, Deviation Scale, Switch Over,
Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum, Maximum,
Square Root, Sample and Hold, Pressure to Altitude, Dewpoint
SFn.A
Source Function A [25001] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Si.A
S2.A
SFn.b
Source Instance A [25006] : 1 to 250
Si.b
S2.b
SFn.C
Source Instance B [25007] : 1 to 250
Si.C
S2.C
SFn.d
Source Instance C [25008] : 1 to 250
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
Output Value
Error
ЛЏAt
SEt
ЛЏAt
oPEr
Math Menu
Setup Page
Math Menu
Operations Page
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Source Zone A [25011] : 0 to 24
Source Function B [25005] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Source Zone B [25012] : 0 to 24
Source Function C [25003] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Source Zone C [25013] : 0 to 24
Source Function D [25004] : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,
Set Point Open, Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance
S.id
S2.d
SFn.E
Source Instance D [25009] : 1 to 250
Si.E
S2.E
S.Lo
S.hi
Unit
Source Instance E [25010] : 1 to 250
r.Lo
r.hi
P.unt
A.unt
FiL
Range Low [25026] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
Su.A
Su.b
Su.C
Su.d
Su.E
o.u
oFSt
Source Value A [25016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Zone D [25014] : 0 to 24
Source Function E [25005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
Source Zone E [25015] : 0 to 24
Scale Low [25024] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
Scale High [25025] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
Unit [25032] Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature,
Power, Process, Relative Humidity
Range High [25027] : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0
Pressure Units [25030] : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal
Altitude Units [25031] : Feet, Kilofeet
Filter [25028] : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Source Value B [25017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value C [25018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value D [25019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value E [25020] : Off, On
Output Value [25022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Offset [25023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
• 1 8 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Math (cont.)
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
nc le
e
U
tio Lo Hig nit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte Offse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
U
tio Lo Hig nit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
r
s ts
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Off
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Average
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]
Display units follows the last source that is temperature
else follow Source A
Pr A
Ra Ran essu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
n
ge re de
g
O
nc le
tio Lo Hig Unit e Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
n
ge re de
g
O
nc le
e
U
H
H
tio Lo ig nit Lo ig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
s ts r
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Process Scale
Output Value
Error
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Deviation Scale
Output Value
Error
If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [(Range High Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low) * (A - Scale
Low) + Range Low + Offset]
If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]
If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [((Range High Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale Low)) * (A - Scale
Low) + Range Low + B + Offset]
If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]
Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source
A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow
Units setting.
Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source
A display units when Units is set to Source, else follow
Units setting.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 8 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Math (cont.)
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
tio Lo Hig Unit e Lo Hig Uni Uni Filte ffse
w h ts ts
n w h s
t
r
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
n
r
g
g
e de
e
l
nc e
tio Lo Hig Unit e Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte Offse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Switch Over
Output Value
Error
If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]
Display units follows active source.
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Differential
Output Value
Error
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
tio Lo Hig Unit Lo Hig Uni Uni Filte ffse
w h ts ts r
n w h s
t
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Ratio
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]
If display units of Source A = Source B, no display
units on output value, else follow Source A
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]
Display units follows Source A plus relative
Source B
Pr A
Ra Ran essu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
tio Lo Hig Unit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Add
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source
else follow Source A
• 1 8 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Math (cont.)
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
nc le
e
tio Lo Hig Unit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte Offse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
tio Lo Hig Unit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
r
s ts
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Multiply
Output Value
Error
Pr A
Ra Ran essu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
n
g ge re de
O
nc le
tio Lo Hig Unit e Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Absolute Difference
Output Value
Error
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
U
tio Lo Hig nit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
s ts r
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Minimum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C
: D) + Offset]
Display units follows Source with minimum
value.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]
Display units follow Source A plus relative
Source B
Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source
else follow Source A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Maximum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B :
C : D) + Offset]
Display units follows Source with maximum
value.
• 1 8 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Math (cont.)
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
nc le
e
U
tio Lo Hig nit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte Offse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
U
tio Lo Hig nit Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
r
s ts
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Square Root
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Sample and Hold
Output Value
Error
If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [last value of A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Pr A
Ra Ran essu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
n
ge re de
g
O
nc le
tio Lo Hig Unit e Lo Hig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
s ts r
t
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
P
A
Ra Ran ressu ltitu
Fu Sca Scale
ng ge re de
O
nc le
e
U
H
H
tio Lo ig nit Lo ig Unit Uni Filte ffse
w h
n w h s
t
s ts r
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math Pressure to Altitude
Output Value
Error
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Math - Dewpoint
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to
Altitude + Offset]
Output Value = Filter [427.26 * (CP * B / 8.8618)
/ (17.27- (CP * B / 8.8618)) + 32 + Offset]
Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the
International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a
pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the
calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to
90,000 feet. It can be used beyond this range in both
directions, but with loss of accuracy. The standard is based on
an altitude of 0 feet (sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a
temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.
Source A is used for Calculated Pressure or CP ;
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Note: For dewpoint, Source A is temperature (F)
and Source B is RH (%). Saturation pressure
calculation is identical to that used in wet/dry
bulb. Result is in degrees F.
• 1 8 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Modbus® Function
Configure the Modbus RTU serial communication settings using these parameters.
Mo
Mo
No
Dis n-Vo
W
us Ba
ord pla lati
Ad ud
dre Ra Par Ord y Un le Sa
ss te ity er its ve
db
db
us
Communications - Modbus RTU
Instances - RMH = 0, 1
CoЛЏ Communications Menu
SEt Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
bAUd
PAr
ЛЏ.hL
C_F
nU.S
Baud Rate [17002] : 19600, 19200, 38400
Parity [17003] : None, Even, Odd
Modbus Word Order [17043] : Word Low High, Word High Low
Display Units [17050] : F, C
Non-Volatile Save [17051] : No, Yes
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 8 6 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Output Function
This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions.
Note:
Digital Outputs not included on these sheets
•Output Value [18019] : 0 to 10.0 volts or 0 to 20.00 milliamperes
•Output Value [6011] : On, Off
•Error: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error,
Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Ca
lib
ra
S
R
tpu Sca cal an Rang tion
g
e
t T le
e e O
yp Lo High Low High ffset
e w
Tim Fix Low High
e B ed T Pow Pow
ase ime er er
Typ Ba Sca Sca
e se le le
Function
Output Function Instance
Output Source Zone
Output Source Error
Ou
Function
Output Function Instance
Source Zone A
Output Source Error
Output Value
Error
Digital Output - Overview
Output Value
Error
Analog Output - Overview
Instances - RMH = 0, 1 to 4, 7 to 10
Instances - RMH = 0, 1 to 3, 7 to 9
otPt Output Menu
SEt Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
Function [6005] : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat Power,
Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,
Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Heater Error
Fi
S2
o.Ct
o.tb
o.Lo
o.hi
o.ty
Fn
Output Function Instance [6006] : 1 to 250
Fi
S2.A
S.Lo
S.hi
r.Lo
r.hi
o.CA
Output Function Instance [18004] : 1 to 250
Output Source Zone [6012] : 0 to 24
Time Base Type [6002] : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base
Fixed Time Base [6003] : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds
Low Power Scale [6009] : 0 to 100 %
High Power Scale [6010] : 0 to 100 %
Output Type [18001] : Volts, Milliamps
Function [18002] : Off, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,
Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,
Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Special Function Output 1 to 4,
Variable, Wattage, Load Voltage, Load Resistance
Source Zone A [18019] : 0 to 24
Scale Low [18009] : 0.0 to 20.00
Scale High [18010] : 0.0 to 20.00
Range Low [18011] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Range High [18012] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Calibration Offset [18007] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 8 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Process Value Function
The Process Value (PV) function block accepts multiple inputs and performs a programmed
math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. It is assumed
that no input error conditions apply. Some PV operations must be performed in the user's
units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from
a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output
value is the same as Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and
offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.
•Error [26027] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
Pu
SEt
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss res Alti etri
O
O
Fu ver ver sure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
s
t d
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
Function [26021] : Off, Sensor Backup, Average, Crossover, Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb,
Switch Over, Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,
Maximum, Square Root, Vaisala RH Compensation, Pressure to Altitude
SFn.A
Source Function A [26001] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,
Process Value, Variable
Si.A
SFn.b
Source Instance A [26006] : 1 to 4
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Overview
Instances - RMH = 16
Output Value
Error
Si.b
S2.b
SFn.C
Si.C
S2.C
SFn.d
S.id
S2.d
SFn.E
Si.E
S2.E
C.P
C.b
P.unt
A.unt
b.Pr
FiL
Source Function B [26002] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,
Process Value, Variable
Source Instance B [26007] : 1 to 250
Source Zone B [26012] : 0 to 24
Source Function C [26003] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,
Process Value, Variable
Source Instance C [26008] : 1 to 250
Source Zone C [26013] : 0 to 24
Source Function D [26004] : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math,
Process Value, Variable
Source Instance D [26009] : 1 to 250
Source Zone D [26014] : 0 to 24
Source Function E [26005] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,
Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable
Source Instance E [26010] : 1 to 250
Source Zone E [26015] : 0 to 24
Cross Over Point [26024] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Cross Over Band [26025] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Pressure Units [26028] : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal
Altitude Units [26029] : Feet, Kilofeet
Barometric Pressure [26030] : 10.0 to 16.0
Filter [26026] : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds
Pu
oPEr
Su.A
Su.b
Su.C
Su.d
Su.E
o.u
oFSt
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Process Value Menu
Setup Page
Process Value Menu
Operations Page
Source Value A [26016] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value B [26017] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value C [26018] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value D [26019] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Source Value E [26020] : Off, On
Offset [26023] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Output Value [26022] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
• 1 8 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Process Value (cont.)
Ba
ro
Cro Cr
ss oss Pre Alt metr
s
O
Fu ver Over sure itude ic Pr
O
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte ffse
n
t d
t
s e r
s
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss res Alti etri
Fu Over Over sure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
s
t d
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Off
Output Value
Error
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Error A
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Sensor Backup
Output Value
Error
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss O res Alti etri
O
s
v
Fu ve er ure tude c Pr
nc r P B U U es Fi Of
tio oi an ni ni su lte fse
n nt d ts ts re r
t
Ba
rom
Cro Cr
ss oss Pres Alti etri
O
O
s
Fu ver ve ure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin r Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
t
t d s
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source
Source Value B
Source Value C
Output Value = Filter [first assigned Source without an
error + Offset]
Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Average
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]
Display units follows the last source that is temperature
else follow Source A
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Crossover
Output Value
Error
If A <= Cross Over Point - (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output
Value = Filter [(A + Offset)]
If A >= Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output
Value = Filter[(B + Offset)]
Output Value = Filter [((A * X) + (B * (1-X))) + Offset]
Where variable X = (Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) A) / Cross Over Band
• 1 8 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Process Value (cont.)
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss res Alti etri
O
O
s
Fu ver ver ure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
s
t d
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Ba
ro
Cro Cr
ss oss Pre Alt metr
s
O
O
s
v
v u itu ic
Fu
nc er Po er B re U de U Press Fi Off
tio
l
a
n int nd nits nits ure ter set
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Calculated Humidity + Offset] where
Source A is the Dry Bulb and Source B is the Wet Bulb
Note: Wet/Dry bulb temperatures are in degrees F and pressures are in
PSI. Output Value is % relative humidity. Useful temperature range is
10 to 350F
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value E
Process Value Switch Over
Output Value
Error
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss O res Alti etri
Fu Ove ver sure tude c Pr
nc r P B U U es Fi Of
tio oi an ni ni su lte fse
n nt d ts ts re r
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Differential
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]
Display units follows Source A plus relative
Source B
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Source Value C
Source Value D
If B = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]
If B = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]
Display units follows active source.
Ba
rom
Cro Cr
ss oss Pres Alti etri
Fu Over Ove sure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin r Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
t
t d s
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Ratio
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]
If display units of Source A = Source B, no display
units on output value, else follow Source A
• 1 9 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Process Value (cont.)
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss res Alti etri
O
O
s
u
v
v
Fu er er re tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
s
t d
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Ba
ro
Cro Cr
ss oss Pre Alt metr
itu ic
s
O
O
s
v
u
v
Fu
nc er Po er B re U de U Press Fi Off
tio
an nit nit ur lte se
i
n
n
t d
t
s e r
s
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Add
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source
else follow Source A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Multiply
Output Value
Error
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss O res Alti etri
O
s
Fu ve ver ure tude c Pr
nc r P B U U es Fi Of
tio oi an ni ni su lte fse
n nt d ts ts re r
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Absolute
Difference
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]
Display units follow Source A plus relative
Source B
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Source Value B
Source Value C
Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]
Display units follows last temperature source
else follow Source A
Ba
rom
Cro Cr
ss oss Pres Alti etri
O
O
s
Fu ver ve ure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin r Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
t d s
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value A
Source Value B
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Minimum
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C : D) +
Offset]
Display units follows Source with minimum value.
• 1 9 1 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Process Value (cont.)
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss res Alti etri
O
O
s
Fu ver ver ure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
s
t d
t
Ba
ro
Cro Cr
ss oss Pre Alt metr
s
O
O
s
Fu ver ver ure itude ic Pr
O
nc
tio Poin Ban Unit Unit essur Filte ffse
n
t d
t
s e r
s
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Error A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Maximum
Output Value
Error
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value C
Source Value D
Source Value E
Process Value Square Root
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]
Display units follows Source A
Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B : C : D) +
Offset]
Display units follows Source with maximum value.
Ba
rom
Cro Cro P
ss ss O res Alti etri
O
Fu ve ver sure tude c Pr
nc r P B U U es Fi Of
tio oi an ni ni su lte fse
n nt d ts ts re r
t
Ba
rom
Cro Cr
ss oss Pres Alti etri
O
O
Fu ver ve sure tude c Pr
nc
tio Poin r Ban Unit Unit essur Filte Offse
n
s e r
t d s
t
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Function A
Source Instance A
Source Value A
Source Error A
Source Value B
Source Error A
Source Value B
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function C
Instance C
Zone C
Error C
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function D
Instance D
Zone D
Error D
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function E
Instance E
Zone E
Error E
Source Value C
Source Value E
Process Value Vaisala RH
Compensation
Output Value
Error
Source Value E
Process Value Pressure to
Altitude
Output Value
Error
Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to
Altitude + Offset]
Output Value = Filter [Calculated RH compensated
for temperature + Offset].
Note: Source A is RH measured value from an
uncompensated Vaisala RH sensor. Source B is
temperature of the RH sensor in degrees F. The result
is a "corrected" RH measured value. This calculation
is effective over the temperature range of -75F to
350F.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module Source Value C
Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the
International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a
pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the
calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to
90,000 feet. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet
(sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59
degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.
• 1 9 2 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Security Function
If Password is enabled, the user must enter the Password to get to menus that have been
blocked due to lock level settings. Rolling passwords required a new password each time the
power has been cycled to the controller. It will be different for every controller. The administrator password is required to change the security settings even if the user enters their password to override the security settings.
Ad
mi
Lo
nis
cke R
Pas
o
d
W
Us trat
l
era sw
l
i
A
r
n
tio ord Re ite S cce g P er P or P Pu P
b a
a
ns
e s a a a
Pag Enab d Lo curi s Lev sswo sswo sswo lic K sswo
c
r
r
r
t
e
e le k
y
l d d d ey rd
Op
Security Function Block - Overview
Instances - RMH = 1
LoC Lock Menu
FAct Factory Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
LoC.o
PAS.E
r.LoC
S.LoC
LoC.L
roL.L
PAS.u
PAS.A
Operations Page [3002] : 1 to 3
Password Enable [3015] : Off, On
Read Lock [3010] : 1 to 5
Write Security [3011] : 1 to 5
Locked Access Level [3016] : 1 to 5
Rolling Password [3019] : Off, On
User Password [3017] : 10 to 999
Administrator Password [3018] : 10 to 999
ULoC Unlock Menu
FAct Factory Page
CodE
PASS
Public Key [3020] : 0 to 9999
Password [3022] : 10 to 999
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 9 3 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Timer Function
•Error [31018] = None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
•Running [31015] = Off, ON
Tra
nsm
itt
Ru Res
er
n A et
Ac
cti Act
tiv
Fu ve ive
e
nc
L
L
e
e
tio ve v Tim Leve
l el
n
e
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
tЛЏr Timer Menu
SEt Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
Fn
SFn.A
Function [31009] : Off, On Pulse, Delay, One Shot, Retentive
Si.A
S2.A
SAS.A
SFn.b
Source Instance A [31003] : 1 to 250
Si.b
S2.b
SAS.b
ti
LEu
Source Function A [31001] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,
Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable
Source Zone A [31005] : 0 to 24
Run Active Level [31011] : High (rising), Low (falling)
Source Function B [31002] : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter,
Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic,
Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable
Source Instance B [3104] : 1 to 250
Source Zone B [31006] : 0 to 24
Reset Active Level [31012] : High (rising), Low (falling)
Time [31013] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds
Active Level [31014] : High, Low
tЛЏr Timer Menu
oPEr Operations Page
Su.A
Su.b
E.t
o.u
Source Value A [31007] : Off, On
Source Value B [31008] : Off, On
Elapsed Time [31016] : 0.0 to 9,999.0 seconds
Output Value [31010] : Off, On
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 9 4 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Timer (cont.)
Off
Output Value = OFF
Tra
nsm
R
itt
Ru ese
er
nA tA
Ac
cti ct
tiv
Fu ve ive
nc Le Le T e Le
tio ve ve im ve
e
l
n
l
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - Off
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 9 5 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Timer (cont.)
On Pulse
An On Pulse Timer is used to produce an output pulse of a constant duration. It can be used
as a minimum on time for compressor control or other devices that do not want excessive cycling. Use Function to select On Pulse.
•On Pulse timers output a pulse of a set duration that is triggered or restarted by the level
of Source A.
•Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.
•Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.
•Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.
•Time sets the time duration of the output pulse.
•Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the elapsed time is greater than
or equal to the Time setting.
Tra
nsm
R
itt
Ru ese
er
nA tA
Ac
c
c
tiv
Fu tive tive
e
nc
tio Leve Leve Tim Leve
e
l
n
l
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - On Pulse
Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge
high
Run Active Level = High
low
on
Transmitter Active Level = High
Output Value
off
Time
Time
Time
0+t
Elapsed Time
0
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 9 6 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Timer (cont.)
Delay
A delay timer is used to cause a delaying action. The delay can be made to happen on either
the leading or trailing edge. This can be used to keep short input pulses from propagating or
to have a secondary action occur at a known amount of time after the primary action; such
as, turning on successive output devices.
•Use Function to select Delay.
•Delay timers will delay the response of a signal presented to Source A and then switch the
output value.
•Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.
•Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.
•Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer run or reset.
•Overlap of run signal to time signal determines output value on time. If run signal is less
than time signal, output does not activate.
•Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the run time is greater than the
Time setting.
Tra
nsm
R
itt
Ru ese
er
nA tA
Ac
cti ct
tiv
Fu ve ive
e
nc
L
tio eve Leve Tim Leve
e l
l
n
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - Delay
Timing Diagram of Delay with active state rising edge
high
Run Active Level = High
low
on
Transmitter Active Level = High
Output Value
off
Time
Time
Time
0+t
Elapsed Time
0
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 1 9 7 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Timer (cont.)
One Shot
The One Shot timer functions like a simple oven timer. The time value gets set by the user
and it counts down to zero without retaining the original time (hence the name one-shot).
This is intended to be used in applications where the user will manually set different times for
each process.
•Use Function to select One Shot.
•One Shot timers count down while Source A is active; otherwise it holds. Preset of Time
clears once time is elapsed.
•Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.
•Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.
•Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer count down.
•Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.
Tra
nsm
itt
Ru Rese
er
nA tA
Ac
cti ct
tiv
Fu ve ive
e
nc
L
L
e
tio ve eve Tim Leve
e l
l
n
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - One Shot
Timing Diagram of One Shot with active state rising edge
high
Run Active Level = High low
on
Timer Timing
off
on
Transmitter Active Level = High
Output Value
off
Pre-set Time edit
Pre-set Time edit
Countdown Time
Elapsed Time
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 1 9 8 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
Timer (cont.)
Retentive
A retentive timer is used to keep track of how much time something has been in a particular
state. For example, this can be used to time how long something has been in an alarm state
or how long it has been since a profile or step ran. The output can be used to trigger an
event if the elapsed time has grown excessive.
•Use Function to select Retentive.
•Retentive timers count up from 0 to the Time parameter while Source A is active; otherwise
it holds. It can be reset by Source B. The Elapsed time will continue to count up until the
maximum value is reached and then rolls over unless a reset pulse is generated.
•Source Function A selects the type of source used for the input.
•Source Instance A and Source Zone A selects which source to use.
•Run Active Level sets which state makes the timer countdown.
•Transmitter Active Level sets which output state indicates the the timer is in countdown operation.
Tra
nsm
itt
Ru Rese
er
nA tA
Ac
c
c
tiv
Fu tive tive
e
nc
L
L
tio eve eve Tim Leve
e l
l
n
l
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function A
Instance A
Zone A
Error A
Source
Source
Source
Source
Function B
Instance B
Zone B
Error B
Source Value A
Source Value B
Elapsed Time
Output Value
Error
Timer - Retentive
Timing Diagram of Retentive with all active state rising edge
high
Run Active Level = High low
on
Timer Timing
off
high
Reset Active Level = High
low
on
Transmitter Active Level = High
Output Value
off
Elapsed Time
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Time
• 1 9 9 •
C h ap t er 6 F e a t u r e s
Variable Function
A variable function block is used to store a user sup­plied value and provide a source input to
another function block with that value. As an example, you could use a variable function value as one input to a compare function. The other input to the compare function would determine the output value based on the user's supplied value.
This function simply passes the stored value to its output.
•Error [2005] : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD
Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale
•Output Value [2004] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 or On or Off
Da
ta
Dig Ana
ita log
Typ Uni l Valu Valu
e ts
e e
Output Value
Error
Variable - Overview
Instances - RMH = 24
uAr
SEt
Variable Menu
Setup Page
Parameter Name [Parameter ID] : Range or Choices
tyPE
Unit
dig
AnLg
Data Type [2001] : Analog, Digital
Units [2007] : None, Absolute Temperature,
Relative Temperature, Power, Process,
Relative Humidity
Digital Value [2002] : On, Off
Analog Value [2003] : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000
Dig Ana
ita log
ta
Typ Uni l Valu Valu
e
e ts
e
Da
Da
ta
Dig An
ita alog
Typ Uni l Valu Valu
e ts
e e
Output Value
Output Value
Error
Error
Variable - Digital
Variable - Analog
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 0 0 •
C h ap t er 6 Fe a t u r e s
7
Chapter 7: Appendix
Modbus® - Programmable Memory Blocks
The Modbus assembly contains 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at
Modbus register 40 (shown on the following page). The pointers are 32-bits long so are stored
in two sequential registers. As an example, if we want to move an alias to the analog input of
the RMH (register 380) into register 40, we perform a multiple write command (0x10 function)
of 380 into register 40 and 381 into register 41 as a single multi-write command.
Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the pointer registers, the
working registers 200 to 279 then represent those parameters. Therefore, as in the example
above, if 380 is in register 40, 381 in register 41, register 200 & 201 contains the 32-bit floating point result for analog input 1.
The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support
Tools DVD (shipped with the product) as well as on the Watlow website. On the DVD, it can be
found under "Utility Tools" and is identified as "Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZ-ZONE PM,
RM and ST". A similar program can be found here as well for a connection utilizing Ethernet
TCP.
If it is easier to go to the web to acquire this software click on the link below and type
"modbus" in the search field where both versions can be found with the same name. http://
www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 0 1 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Assembly Pointer Registers and Assembly Working Registers
Definition Addresses
Working Addresses
Definition Addresses
Working Addresses
40 & 41
200 & 201
120 & 121
280 & 281
42 & 43
202 & 203
122 & 123
282 & 283
44 & 45
204 & 205
124 & 125
284 & 285
46 & 47
206 & 207
126 & 127
286 & 287
48 & 49
208 & 209
128 & 129
288 & 289
50 & 51
210 & 211
130 & 131
290 & 291
52 & 53
212 & 213
132 & 133
292 & 293
54 & 55
214 & 215
134 & 135
294 & 295
56 & 57
216 & 217
136 & 137
296 & 297
58 & 59
218 & 219
138 & 139
296 & 299
60 & 61
220 & 221
140 & 141
300 & 301
62 & 63
222 & 223
142 & 143
302 & 303
64 & 65
224 & 225
144 & 145
304 & 305
66 & 67
226 & 227
146 & 147
306 & 307
68 & 69
228 & 229
148 & 149
308 & 309
70 & 71
230 & 231
150 & 151
310 & 311
72 & 73
232 & 233
152 & 153
312 & 313
74 & 75
234 & 235
154 & 155
314 & 315
76 & 77
236 & 237
156 & 157
316 & 317
78 & 79
238 & 239
158 & 159
318 & 319
80 & 81
240 & 241
160 & 161
320 & 321
82 & 83
242 & 243
162 & 163
322 & 323
84 & 85
244 & 245
164 & 165
324 & 325
86 & 87
246 & 247
166 & 167
326 & 327
88 & 89
248 & 249
168 & 169
328 & 329
90 & 91
250 & 251
170 & 171
330 & 331
92 & 93
252 & 253
172 & 173
332 & 333
94 & 95
254 & 255
174 & 175
334 & 335
96 & 97
256 & 257
176 & 177
336 & 337
98 & 99
256 & 259
178 & 179
338 & 339
100 & 101
260 & 261
180 & 181
340 & 341
102 & 103
262 & 263
182 & 183
342 & 343
104 & 105
264 & 265
184 & 185
344 & 345
106 & 107
266 & 267
186 & 187
346 & 347
108 & 109
268 & 269
188 & 189
348 & 349
110 & 111
270 & 271
190 & 191
350 & 351
112 & 113
272 & 273
192 & 193
352 & 353
114 & 115
274 & 275
194 & 195
354 & 355
116 & 117
276 & 277
196 & 197
356 & 357
118 & 119
278 & 279
198 & 199
358 & 359
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 0 2 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40-119
Assembly Definition
Addresses
Default Pointers
Assembly Working
Addresses
Assembly Definition
Addresses
Default Pointers
Assembly Working
Addresses
Registers 40 & 41
Registers 200 & 201
Registers 80 & 81
Registers 240 & 241
Pointer 1 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 42 & 43
Pointer 2 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 44 & 45
Pointer 3 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 46 & 47
Pointer 4 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 48 & 49
Pointer 5 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 50 & 51
Pointer 6 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 52 & 53
Pointer 7 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 54 & 55
Pointer 8 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 56 & 57
Pointer 9 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 58 & 59
Pointer 10 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 60 & 61
Pointer 11 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 62 & 63
Pointer 12 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 64 & 65
Pointer 13 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 66 & 67
Pointer 14 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 68 & 69
Pointer 15 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 70 & 71
Pointer 16 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 72 & 73
Pointer 17 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 74 & 75
Pointer 18 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 76 & 77
Pointer 19 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 78 & 79
Pointer 20 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Pointer 21 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 1
Registers 202 & 203
Registers 82 & 83
Pointer 22 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 2
Registers 204 & 205
Registers 84 & 85
Pointer 23 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 3
Registers 206 & 207
Registers 86 & 87
Value of Pointer 4
Pointer 24 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 208 & 209
Registers 88 & 89
Value of Pointer 5
Pointer 25 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 90 & 91
Registers 210 & 211
Value of Pointer 6
Pointer 26 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 92 & 93
Registers 212 & 213
Pointer 27 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 7
Registers 214 & 215
Registers 94 & 95
Pointer 28 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 8
Registers 216 & 217
Registers 96 & 97
Pointer 29 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 9
Registers 98 & 99
Registers 218 & 219
Pointer 30 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 10
Registers 100 & 101
Registers 220 & 221
Pointer 31 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 11
Registers 102 & 103
Registers 222 & 223
Pointer 32 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 12
Registers 104 & 105
Registers 224 & 225
Pointer 33 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 13
Registers 106 & 107
Registers 226 & 227
Pointer 34 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 14
Registers 108 & 109
Registers 228 & 229
Pointer 35 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 15
Registers 110 & 111
Registers 230 & 231
Pointer 36 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 16
Registers 112 & 113
Registers 232 & 233
Pointer 37 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 17
Registers 114 & 115
Registers 234 & 235
Pointer 38 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 18
Registers 116 & 117
Registers 236 & 237
Pointer 39 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 19
Registers 118 & 119
Registers 238 & 239
Pointer 40 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 20
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 0 3 •
Value of Pointer 21
Registers 242 & 243
Value of Pointer 22
Registers 244 & 245
Value of Pointer 23
Registers 246 & 247
Value of Pointer 24
Registers 248 & 249
Value of Pointer 25
Registers 250 & 251
Value of Pointer 26
Registers 252 & 253
Value of Pointer 27
Registers 254 & 256
Value of Pointer 28
Registers 256 & 257
Value of Pointer 29
Registers 258 & 259
Value of Pointer 30
Registers 260 & 261
Value of Pointer 31
Registers 262 & 263
Value of Pointer 32
Registers 264 & 265
Value of Pointer 33
Registers 266 & 267
Value of Pointer 34
Registers 268 & 269
Value of Pointer 35
Registers 270 & 271
Value of Pointer 36
Registers 272 & 273
Value of Pointer 37
Registers 274 & 275
Value of Pointer 38
Registers 276 & 277
Value of Pointer 39
Registers 278 & 279
Value of Pointer 40
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Modbus Default Assembly Structure 120-199
Assembly Definition
Registers
Default Pointers
Assembly Working
Registers
Assembly Definition
Registers
Default Pointers
Assembly Working
Registers
Registers 120 & 121
Registers 280 & 281
Registers 160 & 161
Registers 320 & 321
Pointer 41 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 122 & 123
Pointer 42 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 124 & 125
Pointer 43 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 126 & 127
Pointer 44 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 128 & 129
Pointer 45 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 130 & 131
Pointer 46 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 132 & 133
Pointer 47 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 134 & 135
Pointer 48 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 136 & 137
Pointer 49 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 138 & 139
Pointer 50 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 140 & 141
Pointer 51 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 142 & 143
Pointer 52 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 144 & 145
Pointer 53 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 146 & 147
Pointer 54 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 148 & 149
Pointer 55 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 150 & 151
Pointer 56 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 152 & 153
Pointer 57 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 154 & 155
Pointer 58 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 156 & 157
Pointer 59 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Registers 158 & 159
Pointer 60 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Pointer 61 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 41
Registers 282 & 283
Registers 162 & 163
Pointer 62 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 42
Registers284 & 285
Registers 164 & 165
Pointer 63 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 43
Registers 286 & 287
Registers 166 & 167
Pointer 64 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 44
Registers 288 & 289
Registers 168 & 169
Pointer 65 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 45
Registers 170 & 171
Registers 290 & 291
Pointer 66 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 46
Registers 172 & 173
Registers 292 & 293
Pointer 67 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 47
Registers 174 & 175
Registers 294 & 295
Pointer 68 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 48
Registers 176 & 177
Registers 296 & 297
Pointer 69 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 49
Registers 178 & 179
Registers 298 & 299
Pointer 70 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 50
Registers 180 & 181
Registers 300 & 301
Pointer 71 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 51
Registers 182 & 183
Registers 302 & 303
Pointer 72 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 52
Registers 184 & 185
Registers 304 & 305
Pointer 73 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 53
Registers 186 & 187
Registers 306 & 307
Pointer 74 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 54
Registers 188 & 189
Registers 308 & 309
Pointer 75 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 55
Registers 190 & 191
Registers 310 & 311
Pointer 76 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 56
Registers 192 & 193
Registers 312 &313
Pointer 77 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 57
Registers 194 & 195
Registers 314 & 315
Pointer 78 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 58
Registers 196 & 197
Registers 316 & 317
Pointer 79 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 59
Registers 198 & 199
Registers 318 & 319
Pointer 80 = 0 & 1
Hardware ID
Value of Pointer 60
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 0 4 •
Value of Pointer 61
Registers 322 & 323
Value of Pointer 62
Registers 324 & 325
Value of Pointer 63
Registers 326 & 327
Value of Pointer 64
Registers 328 & 329
Value of Pointer 65
Registers 330 & 331
Value of Pointer 66
Registers 332 & 333
Value of Pointer 67
Registers 334 & 335
Value of Pointer 68
Registers 336 & 337
Value of Pointer 69
Registers 338 & 339
Value of Pointer 70
Registers 340 & 341
Value of Pointer 71
Registers 342 & 343
Value of Pointer 72
Registers 344 & 345
Value of Pointer 73
Registers 346 & 347
Value of Pointer 74
Registers 348 & 349
Value of Pointer 75
Registers 350 & 351
Value of Pointer 76
Registers 352 & 353
Value of Pointer 77
Registers 354 & 355
Value of Pointer 78
Registers 356 & 357
Value of Pointer 79
Registers 358 & 359
Value of Pointer 80
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Module Issues
Indication
Error Input
Er.i1
Er.i3
Er.i5
Er.i7
Er.iq
Er.11
Er.13
Er.15
Er.i2
Er.i4
Er.i6
Er.i8
Er.10
Er.12
Er.14
Er.16
Description
Sensor does not
provide a valid signal to controller
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
•Sensor improperly wired • Correct wiring or replace
or open
sensor
•Incorrect setting of sensor • Match setting to sensor
type
used
•Calibration corrupt
• Check calibration of controller
Ambient Error Sensor does not
• Cold junction circuitry is • Return to factory
Er.ab
provide a valid signot working
nal to controller
Alarm won’t
Alarm will not clear • Latching is active
clear or reset or reset with keypad or digital input
• Alarm set to incorrect
output
• Alarm is set to incorrect
source
• Sensor input is out of
alarm set point range
• Alarm set point is incorrect
• Alarm is set to incorrect
type
Alarm won’t
occur
• Digital input function is
incorrect
Alarm will not acti- • Silencing is active
vate output
• Blocking is active
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • Reset alarm when process
is within range or disable
latching
• Set output to correct
alarm source instance
• Set alarm source to correct input instance
• Correct cause of sensor
input out of alarm range
• Set alarm set point to
correct trip point
• Set alarm to correct
type: process, deviation
or power
• Set digital input function
and source instance
• Disable silencing, if required
• Disable blocking, if required
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set output to correct
output
alarm source instance
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm source to corsource
rect input instance
• Alarm set point is incor- • Set alarm set point to
rect
correct trip point
• Alarm is set to incorrect • Set alarm to correct
type
type: process, deviation
or power
• 2 0 5 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Indication
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
Alarm Error
Alarm state cannot
be determined due
to lack of sensor
input
Alarm Low
Sensor input below • Temperature is less than • Check cause of under
low alarm set point
alarm set point
temperature
• Alarm is set to latching • Clear latched alarm
and an alarm occurred in
the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm
set point
• Set alarm source to prop• Incorrect alarm source
er setting
Alarm High
Sensor input above • Temperature is greater
• Check cause of over temhigh alarm set point
than alarm set point
perature
• Alarm is set to latching • Clear latched alarm
and an alarm occurred in
the past
• Incorrect alarm set point • Establish correct alarm
set point
• Set alarm source to prop• Incorrect alarm source
er setting
AL.E1
AL.E3
AL.E5
AL.E7
AL.Eq
AL.11
AL.13
AL15
AL.17
AL1q
AL.21
AL23
AL.L1
AL.L3
AL.L5
AL.L7
AL.Lq
AL.11
AL.13
AL15
AL.17
AL1q
AL.21
AL23
AL.h1
AL.h3
AL.h5
AL.h7
AL.hq
AL.11
AL.13
AL15
AL.17
AL1q
AL.21
AL23
AL.E2
AL.E4
AL.E6
AL.E8
AL.10
AL.12
AL14
AL.16
AL18
AL.20
AL22
AL.24
AL.L2
AL.L4
AL.L6
AL.L8
AL.10
AL.12
AL14
AL.16
AL18
AL.20
AL22
AL.24
AL.h2
AL.h4
AL.h6
AL.h8
AL.10
AL.12
AL14
AL.16
AL18
AL.20
AL22
AL.24
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • Sensor improperly wired • Correct wiring or replace
or open
sensor
• Incorrect setting of sen- • Match setting to sensor
sor type
used
• Calibration corrupt
• Check calibration of controller
• 2 0 6 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Indication
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
Loop Open Er- Open Loop Detect is • Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
ror
active and the protect Time incorrect
Detect Time for applicaLp.o1 Lp.o2 cess value did not
tion
Lp.o3 Lp.o4 deviate by a user- • Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
Lp.o5 Lp.o6 selected value in a
Deviation value for applitect Deviation incorrect
Lp.o7 Lp.o8 user specified pecation
Lp.oq Lp.10
riod
with
PID
power
• Determine cause of open
• Thermal loop is open
Lp.11 Lp.12
at
100%.
thermal loop: misplaced
Lp.13 Lp.14
Lp.15 Lp.16
sensors, load failure, loss
of power to load, etc.
• Open Loop Detect func- • Deactivate Open Loop
Detect feature
tion not required but activated
Loop Reversed Open Loop Detect is • Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
Error
active and the protect Time incorrect
Detect Time for applicaLp.r1 Lp.r2 cess value is headtion
Lp.r3 Lp.r4 ed in the wrong
• Setting of Open Loop De- • Set correct Open Loop
Lp.r5 Lp.r6 direction when the
tect Deviation incorrect
Deviation value for appliLp.r7 Lp.r8 output is activated
cation
Lp.rq Lp.10
based
on
deviation
Lp.11 Lp.12
• Output programmed for • Set output function corLp.13 Lp.14 value and userrectly
incorrect function
Lp.15 Lp.16 selected value.
• Wire thermocouple cor• Thermocouple sensor
rectly, (red wire is negawired in reverse polarity
tive)
Ramping
Controller is ramp- • Ramping feature is acti- • Disable ramping feature if
rp1 rp2
ing to new set point
vated
not required
rp3 rp4
rp5 rp6
rp7 rp8
rpq rp10
rp11 rp12
rp13 rp14
rp15 rp16
Autotuning
tU01
tU03
tU05
tU07
tU0q
tU11
tU13
tU15
tU02
tU04
tU06
tU08
tU10
tU12
tU14
tU16
Controller is
• User started the
autotuning the conautotune function
trol loop
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • Digital input is set to
start autotune
• 2 0 7 •
• Wait until autotune completes or disable autotune
feature
• Set digital input to function other than autotune,
if desired
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Indication
Process
doesn’t control to set
point
Temperature
runway
No heat/cool
action
Description
Possible Cause(s)
Corrective Action
Process is unstable
or never reaches
set point
• Controller not tuned cor- • Perform autotune or
rectly
manually tune system
• Control mode is incor• Set control mode approrectly set
priately (Open vs Closed
Loop)
• Control set point is incor- • Set control set point in
rect
appropriate control mode
and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open
loop
Process value con- • Controller output incor- • Verify output function is
tinues to increase
rectly programmed
correct (heat or cool)
or decrease past set • Thermocouple reverse
• Correct sensor wiring
point.
wired
(red wire negative)
• Controller output wired • Verify and correct wiring
incorrectly
• Replace heater
• Short in heater
• Power controller connec- • Replace or repair power
controller
tion to controller defective
• Controller output defec- • Replace or repair controller
tive
Output does not ac- • Output function is incor- • Set output function cortivate load
rectly set
rectly
• Control mode is incor• Set control mode approrectly set
priately (Open vs Closed
Loop)
• Correct output wiring
• Output is incorrectly
wired
• Load, power or fuse is
• Correct fault in system
open
• Control set point is incor- • Set control set point in
appropriate control mode
rect
and check source of set
point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open
loop
• Incorrect controller mod- • Obtain correct controller
model for application
el for application
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 0 8 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Indication
No Display
No Serial
Communication
Description
Possible Cause(s)
No display indication or LED illumination
• Power to controller is off
• Fuse open
• Breaker tripped
• Safety interlock switch
open
• Separate system limit
control activated
• Wiring error
• Incorrect voltage to controller
Cannot establish se- • Address parameter incorrial communications
rect
with the controller • Incorrect protocol selected
• Baud rate incorrect
• Parity incorrect
• Wiring error
• EIA-485 converter issue
• Incorrect computer or
PLC communications port
• Incorrect software setup
• Wires routed with power
cables
• Termination resistor may
be required
Device Error
100
rEtn
Controller displays
internal malfunction message at
power up.
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • Controller defective
• Sensor input over driven
• 2 0 9 •
Corrective Action
• Turn on power
• Replace fuse
• Reset breaker
• Close interlock switch
• Reset limit
• Correct wiring issue
• Apply correct voltage,
check part number
• Set unique addresses on
network
• Match protocol between
devices
• Match baud rate between
devices
• Match parity between devices
• Correct wiring issue
• Check settings or replace
converter
• Set correct communication port
• Correct software setup to
match controller
• Route communications
wires away from power
wires
• Place 120 Ω resistor
across EIA-485 on last
controller
• Replace or repair controller
• Check sensors for ground
loops, reverse wiring or
out of range values.
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Indication
Heater Error
h.Er
Description
Heater Error
Possible Cause(s)
• Current through load is
above current trip set
point
• Current through load is
below current trip set
point
Remote User
Interface
(RUI) menus
inaccessible
RUI value to
low
vaL.L
RUI value to
high
vaL.h
Corrective Action
• Check that the load current is proper. Correct
cause of overcurrent and/
or ensure current trip set
point is correct.
• Check that the load current is proper. Correct
cause of undercurrent
and/or ensure current
trip set point is correct.
Unable to access
sEt, opEr, fCty
or prof menus or
particular prompts
in Home Page
• Security set to incorrect • Check LoC settings in
level
Factory Page - change
appropriate password in
ULoC setting in Factory
Page
• Digital input set to lock- • Change state of digital
out keypad
input
• Change custom parameters in
• Custom parameters inFactory Page
correct
Value to low to be • Incorrect setup
• Check scaling of source
displayed in 4 digit
data
LED display <-1999
Value to high to be • Incorrect setup
displayed in 4 digit
LED display >9999
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 1 0 •
• Check scaling of source
data
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions
Inputs
Shorted
Open
Reversed
Shorted
Open
Reversed
Open
Shorted
Reversed
S1
S2
S3
S1
S1
S2
S1
S1
S2
open
open
open
short to S2
short to S3
shorted to S3
and S2 open
and S3 open
and S3 open
S1
S3
S1
S1
open
open
short to S3
and S3 open
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Detection of Abnormal Conditions
Thermocouple
No direct detection, Open loop firmware detection.
Yes, Parasitic pull-up
Yes, firmware detection
Current Source
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Voltage Source
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
Range limiting only
RTD
Yes, pulled up.
Not implemented.
Yes, pulled up.
Yes, pulled up
Yes, pulled down to under range.
Not implemented, Possible, monitor S2 voltage.
Yes, pulled down to under range.
Yes, S1 pulled up.
Yes pulled up.
Thermistor
Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.
Yes, pulled down to sensor under range.
Yes, S1 pulled up to sensor over range.
• 2 1 1 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
RMH Module Specifications
Line Voltage/Power
•20.4 to 30.8Vı (ac/dc), 50/60Hz, ±5 percent
•Power consumption: 7 W, 14VA
•Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or SELV rating. (Safety Extra
Low Voltage)
•Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory
•Compliant with Semi F47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirements
Available Power Supplies
•AC/DC Power supply converter 90-264VÅ (ac) to 24VÎ (dc) volts.
•P/N 0847-0299-0000: 31 W
•P/N 0847-0300-0000: 60 W
•P/N 0847-0301-0000: 91 W
Environment
•0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature
•-40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature
•0 to 90 percent RH, non-condensing
•RM modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and
shock protection enclosure, such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure; unless all circuit connections
are Class 2 or SELV
Accuracy
•Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ±0.1% of span, ±1°C at the calibrated ambient
temperature and rated line voltage
•Types R, S, B; 0.2%
•Type T below -50°C; 0.2%
•Calibration ambient temperature at 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F)
•Accuracy span: 540°C (1000°F) min.
•Temperature stability: ±0.1°C/°C (±0.1°F/°F) rise in ambient max.
Agency Approvals
•UL®/EN 61010 listed; c-UL C22.2 #61010 File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7
•ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div. 2-Group A, B, C, D Temperature
code T4 (optional) File E184390 QUZW, QUZW7
•EN 60529 IP20; RM modules
•UL® 50, Type 4X Indoor use, EN 60529 IP66; 1⁄16 DIN RUI, NEMA 4X
•RoHS by design, W.E.E.E.
•CE
Serial Communications
•The RMH module ships with isolated standard bus protocol for configuration and communication connection to all other EZ-ZONE products, Modbus RTU is optional.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 1 2 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Optional User Interface
•Seven-segment address LED, programmed via push-button switch
•Communication activity, 2 LEDs
•Error condition of each loop, 4 LEDs
•Output status indication, 16 LEDs
Maximum RMH System Configuration
•Up to sixteen (16) modules, 256 loops maximum system capacity
Mounting
•DIN-rail specification EN50022, 35 x 7.5 mm (1.38 x 0.30 in.)
•Can be DIN-rail mounted or chassis mounted with customer-supplied fasteners
Dimensions
155.0 mm
(6.10 in)
Weight
116.08 mm
(4.57 in)
Controller:
453.59 g (16 oz.)
Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals
•Right angle and front screw type terminal blocks (slots A, B, D, E)
-- Input, power and controller output terminals, touch-safe removable 12 to 30 AWG
•Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)
•Torque 0.56 Nm (5.0 lb.-in.) right angle, 0.5 Nm (4.51 lb-in) front terminal block
•Dimensional Drawing
•Use solid or stranded copper conductors only
Connector
Standard
Straight
Dimension “A” (mm/in.)
148 (5.80)
155 (6.10)
Optional Accessories
Remote User Interface (RUI)
•1⁄16 DIN
•Dual 4 digit, 7-segment LED displays
•Keys: Advance, infinity, up, down keys, plus an EZ-KEY programmable function key
•Typical display update rate 1Hz
EZ-ZONE RMH Product Documentation
•Watlow Support Tools CD, P/N 0601-0001-0000
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 1 3 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Universal Input
•Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors
-- >20MΩ input impedance
•Max. 2KΩ source resistance
•RTD 2 - wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1000Ω @ 0°C (32°F) calibration to DIN curve (0.00385
Ω/Ω/°C)
•Process, 0-20mA @100Ω, or 0-10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance; scalable, 0-50mV
Voltage Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Milliamp Input Ranges
- Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions
- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum
Resolution Input Ranges
- 0 to 10V: 200 µV nominal
- 0 to 20 mA: 0.5 mA nominal
•Potentiometer: 0 to 1,200Ω
•Inverse scaling
Input Type
Max Error @ 25 Deg C
Accuracy
Range Low
Accuracy
Range High
Units
J
K
T
N
E
R
S
B
C
D
F (PTII)
RTD, 100 ohm
RTD, 1000 ohm
mV
±1.75
±2.45
±1.55
±2.25
±2.10
±3.9
±3.9
±2.66
±3.32
±3.32
±2.34
±2.00
±2.00
±0.05
0
-200
-200
0
-200
0
0
870
0
0
0
-200
-200
-50
750
1250
350
1250
900
1450
1450
1700
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
Deg C
DegC
mV
Volts
±0.01
0
10
Volts
mAdc
±0.02
0
20
mAmps DC
mAac
±5
0
50
mAmps AC
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 1 4 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Input Type
Max Error @ 25 Deg C
Accuracy
Range Low
Accuracy
Range High
Units
±1
0
1000
Ohms
±5
0
5000
Ohms
±10
0
10000
Ohms
±20
0
20000
Ohms
±40
0
40000
Ohms
Potentiometer,
1K range
Resistance, 5K
range
Resistance, 10K
range
Resistance, 20K
range
Resistance, 40K
range
Operating Range
Input Type
J
K
T
N
E
R
S
B
C
D
F (PTII)
RTD (100 ohm)
RTD (1000 ohm)
mV
Volts
mAdc
mAac
Potentiometer, 1K range
Resistance, 5K range
Resistance, 10K range
Resistance, 20K range
Resistance, 40K range
Range Low
-210
-270
-270
-270
-270
-50
-50
0
0
0
0
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Range High
1200
1371
400
1300
1000
1767
1767
1816
2315
2315
1343
800
800
50
10
20
50
1200
5000
10000
20000
40000
• 2 1 5 •
Units
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
Deg
mV
Volts
mAmps DC
mAmps AC
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
Thermistor Input
Input Type
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
Thermistor,
5K range
10K range
20K range
40K range
Max Error @
25 Deg C
±5
±10
±20
±40
Accuracy
Range Low
0
0
0
0
Accuracy Range
High
5000
10000
20000
40000
Units
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
•0 to 40KΩ, 0 to 20KΩ, 0 to 10KΩ, 0 to 5KΩ
•2.252KΩ and 10KΩ base at 25°C
•Linearization curves built in
•Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements
Base R @ 25C
Alpha
Techniques
Beta
THERM
YSI
Thermistor
Curve
2.252K
10K
10K
Curve A
Curve A
Curve C
2.2K3A
10K3A
10K4A
004
016
006
A
B
C
Digital Input
- DC voltage
- Max. input 36V @ 3mA
- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA
- Max. low state 2V
- Dry contact
- Min. open resistance 10KΩ
- Max. closed resistance 50Ω
- Max. short circuit 13mA
•Digital input update rate 10Hz
Output Hardware
•Electromechanical relay, Form A, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ (dc) max., resistive load,
100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V, 125VA pilot duty
•Digital outputs
-- Update rate 10Hz
-- Switched DC
»» Output voltage 20VÎ (dc)
»» Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc)
-- Open Collector
»» Switched voltage max.: 32VÎ (dc)
»» Max. switched current per output: 1.5A
»» Max. switched current for all 6 outputs combined: 8A
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 1 6 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
•Universal process/retransmit outputs, range selectable:
-- 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 1,000Ω load
-- 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load
Resolution
»» dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal
»» mA ranges: 5 µA nominal
Calibration Accuracy
»» dc ranges: ±15 mV
»» mA ranges: ±30 µA
Temperature Stability
»» 100 ppm/°C
Quad Solid-State Relays
•Form A, 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression
-- Resistive load 2A per output at 20 to 264VÅ (ac)
-- 50 VA pilot duty at 120/240 VÅ (ac)
Programmable Application Blocks
Actions (events) 24 total
Alarms 24 total
Control Loop 16 total
Compare 24 total
-- Off, greater than, less than, equal, not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal
Counters 24 total
-- Counts up or down loads, predetermined value on load signal. Output is active when
count value equals predetermined target value
Logic 24 total
-- Off, and, nand, or, nor, equal, not equal, Latch
Linearization 16 total
-- Interpolated or stepped relationship
Math 24 total
-- Off, average, process scale, deviation scale, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide),
add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root, sample and hold
Process Value 16 total
-- Off, sensor backup, average, crossover, wet/dry bulb, switch over, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root
Timers 24 total
-- On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal
-- Delay output is a delayed start of timer run, off at same time
-- One Shot oven timer
-- Retentive measures timer run signal, output on when accumulated time exceeds target
Variable 24 total
-- User value for digital or analog variable
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module • 2 1 7 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
RMH Ordering Information
High density module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20.4 to 30.8 V ~(ac) /
port provided for configuration with EZ-ZONE Configurator software.
(dc), communication
Code Number
3
1 2
EZ-ZONE
Rail Mount
High
Density
Module
RM
H
4 Connector
Style/
Custom
Product
6
5
Slot A
8
7
Slot B
Slot D
-
9
10
Future
Options
Slot E
-
11 12
Enhanced
Options
Additional
Options
A
Connector Style/Custom Product - Digit 4
A =
F =
S =
Right angle screw connector (standard)
Front screw connector
Custom
1
2 =
4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops
4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops
A
None
Slot A - Digit
=
5
Slot B - Digit 6
=
2
=
4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops
4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops
A
=
None
1 =
Slot D - Digit
7
4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops
1 =
2
=
4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops
J
=
4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
F
=
3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs
L
=
4 SSR's at 2 amps each
C
=
6 Digital I/O
A
=
None
Slot E - Digit
8
4 Universal inputs (t/c, 2-wire RTD, 0-10Vdc, 0-20mA, 1K potentiometer) with 4 control loops
1 =
2
=
4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops
J
=
4 Mechanical relay 5A, Form A
F
=
3 Universal Process/Retransmit outputs
L
=
4 SSR's at 2 amps each
C
=
6 Digital I/O
Future Options - Digit
9
A
= Standard
A
= Standard Bus
1
= Standard Bus and Modbus RTU 485 (selectable via switch)
Enhanced Options - Digit
Additional Options - Digits
10
11 12
Firmware, Overlays, Parameter Settings
AA = Standard
AB = Replacement connectors hardware only, for the entered
model number
12 = Class 1 Div. 2 (not available with mechanical relay options)
XX = Custom (consult factory)
Watlow ®, EZ-ZONE ® and TRU-TUNE ® are registered trademarks of Watlow
Electric Manufacturing Company.
UL® is a registered trademark of Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc.
Modbus ® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated.
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 1 8 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Declaration of Conformity
EZ Zone Series RM
WATLOW Electric Manufacturing Company
ISO 9001since 1996.
1241 Bundy Blvd.
Winona, MN 55987 USA
Declares that the following Series RM (Rail Mount) products:
RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module
Model Numbers:
options of various inputs and outputs or communications.
Classification:
Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2
Voltage and Frequency:
SELV 24 to 28 V ac 50/60 Hz or dc
Power Consumption:
RMA models 4 Watts, any other RM model 7 Watts
Environmental Rating:
IP20
Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show
below to indicate compliance.
2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
EN 61326-1
2013
Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use – EMC
requirements, Industrial Immunity, Class A Emissions (Not for use in a
Class B environment without additional filtering).
EN 61000-4-2
2009
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
EN 61000-4-3
2010
Radiated Field Immunity
EN 61000-4-4
2012
Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity
EN 61000-4-5
2006
Surge Immunity (Reviewed to IEC 61000-4-5 2014)
EN 61000-4-6
2014
Conducted Immunity
EN 61000-4-11 2004
Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity
EN 61000-3-2
2009
Harmonic Current Emissions (Reviewed to IEC 61000-3-2 2014)
1
2013
Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
EN 61000-3-3
SEMI F47
2000
Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1
1
NOTE: To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current is at
15A, or the maximum source impedance needs to be < 0.13Ω. Control power input of RM models comply with
61000-3-3 requirements.
EN 61010-1
2011
2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive
Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement, control and
laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements
Compliant with 2011/65/EU RoHS Directive
Per 2012/19/EU W.E.E.E Directive
Please Recycle Properly
Joe Millanes
Name of Authorized Representative
Winona, Minnesota, USA
Place of Issue
Director of Operations
Title of Authorized Representative
September 2014
Date of Issue
Signature of Authorized Representative
CE DOC EZ-ZONE RM-09-14
Watl ow EZ- ZONE ® RMH Module Page 1 of 1
• 2 1 9 •
C h ap t er 7 Ap p e n d i x
How to Reach Us
Corporate Headquarters
Europe
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company
12001 Lackland Road
St. Louis, MO 63146
Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2
Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW
Email: info@watlow.com
Website: www.watlow.com
From outside the USA and Canada:
Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600
Watlow France
Tour d'Asnières.
4 Avenue Laurent Cély
92600 Asnières sur Seine
France
Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70
Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57
Email: info@watlow.fr
Website: www.watlow.fr
Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814
Watlow GmbH
Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1
D-76709 Kronau
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0
Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900
Email: info@watlow.de
Website: www.watlow.de
Latin America
Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.
Av. Fundición No. 5
Col. Parques Industriales
Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130
Mexico
Tel: +52 442 217-6235
Fax: +52 442 217-6403
Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.
C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9
E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz
Madrid - Spain
T. +34 91 675 12 92
F. +34 91 648 73 80
Email: info@watlow.es
Website: www.watlow.es
Watlow UK Ltd.
Linby Industrial Estate
Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA
United Kingdom
Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777
Fax: (0) 115 964 0071
Email: info@watlow.co.uk
Website: www.watlow.co.uk
From outside The United Kingdom:
Tel: +44 115 964 0777
Fax: +44 115 964 0071
Watlow Italy S.r.l.
Viale Italia 52/54
20094 Corsico MI
Italy
Tel: +39 024588841
Fax: +39 0245869954
Email: italyinfo@watlow.com
Website: www.watlow.it
Asia and Pacific
Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.
16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,
#06-03/04,
Singapore 139965
Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323
Email: info@watlow.com.sg Website: www.watlow.com.sg
Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.
4/57 Sharps Road
Tullamarine, VIC 3043
Australia
Tel: +61 3 9335 6449
Fax: +61 3 9330 3566
Website: www.watlow.com
Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza
290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District
Shanghai, China 200433
China
Phone
Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)
International: +86 21 3381 0188
Fax: +86 21 6106 1423
Email: info@watlow.cn
Website: www.watlow.cn
Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632
Email: infoj@watlow.com Website: www.watlow.co.jp
Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.
#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga
Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103
Republic of Korea
Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770
Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771
Website: www.watlow.co.kr
Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd
1F-17, IOI Business Park
No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan
Bandar Puchong Jaya
47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.
Malaysia
Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186
Email: vlee@watlow.com
Website: www.watlow.com
瓦特龍電機股份有限公司
80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一
電話: 07-2885168
傳真: 07-2885568
Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation
10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143
Taiwan
Your Authorized
Watlow Distributor
Fax: +886-7-2885568
Tel: +886-7-2885168
ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社
〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4
四国ビル別館9階
Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632
Email: infoj@watlow.com
Website: www.watlow.co.jp
Watlow Japan Ltd.
1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku
Tokyo 101-0047
Japan
TOTAL
CUSTOMER
SATISFACTION
3 Year Warranty
Wa tlow EZ- ZON E ® RMH Module • 2 2 0 •
C h ap t er 7 A p p e n d i x
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising